428
|
1 /* Window creation, deletion and examination for XEmacs.
|
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985-1987, 1992-1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
3 Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Board of Trustees, University of Illinois.
|
|
4 Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Ben Wing.
|
|
5 Copyright (C) 1996 Chuck Thompson.
|
|
6
|
|
7 This file is part of XEmacs.
|
|
8
|
|
9 XEmacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
|
10 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
|
|
11 Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
|
|
12 later version.
|
|
13
|
|
14 XEmacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
|
15 ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
|
16 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
|
|
17 for more details.
|
|
18
|
|
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|
20 along with XEmacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
|
21 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
|
22 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
|
23
|
|
24 /* Synched up with: FSF 19.30. */
|
|
25 /* Beginning to diverge significantly. */
|
|
26
|
|
27 /* This file has been Mule-ized. */
|
|
28
|
|
29 #include <config.h>
|
|
30 #include "lisp.h"
|
|
31
|
|
32 #include "buffer.h"
|
|
33 #include "faces.h"
|
|
34 #include "frame.h"
|
|
35 #include "objects.h"
|
|
36 #include "glyphs.h"
|
|
37 #include "redisplay.h"
|
|
38 #include "window.h"
|
|
39 #include "elhash.h"
|
|
40 #include "commands.h"
|
|
41 #include "gutter.h"
|
|
42
|
|
43 Lisp_Object Qwindowp, Qwindow_live_p, Qwindow_configurationp;
|
|
44 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_buffer;
|
|
45
|
|
46 #ifdef MEMORY_USAGE_STATS
|
|
47 Lisp_Object Qface_cache, Qglyph_cache, Qline_start_cache, Qother_redisplay;
|
|
48 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
49 Lisp_Object Qscrollbar_instances;
|
|
50 #endif
|
|
51 #endif
|
|
52
|
|
53 EXFUN (Fnext_window, 4);
|
|
54
|
|
55 static int window_pixel_width_to_char_width (struct window *w,
|
|
56 int pixel_width,
|
|
57 int include_margins_p);
|
|
58 static int window_char_width_to_pixel_width (struct window *w,
|
|
59 int char_width,
|
|
60 int include_margins_p);
|
|
61 static int window_pixel_height_to_char_height (struct window *w,
|
|
62 int pixel_height,
|
|
63 int include_gutters_p);
|
|
64 static int window_char_height_to_pixel_height (struct window *w,
|
|
65 int char_height,
|
|
66 int include_gutters_p);
|
|
67 static void change_window_height (struct window *w, int delta, int widthflag,
|
|
68 int inpixels);
|
|
69
|
|
70 /* Thickness of shadow border around 3d modelines. */
|
|
71 Lisp_Object Vmodeline_shadow_thickness;
|
|
72
|
|
73 /* Whether vertical dividers are draggable and displayed */
|
|
74 Lisp_Object Vvertical_divider_always_visible_p;
|
|
75
|
|
76 /* Whether a modeline should be displayed. */
|
|
77 Lisp_Object Vhas_modeline_p;
|
|
78
|
|
79 /* Thickness of shadow border around vertical dividers. */
|
|
80 Lisp_Object Vvertical_divider_shadow_thickness;
|
|
81
|
|
82 /* Divider surface width (not counting 3-d borders) */
|
|
83 Lisp_Object Vvertical_divider_line_width;
|
|
84
|
|
85 /* Spacing between outer egde of divider border and window edge */
|
|
86 Lisp_Object Vvertical_divider_spacing;
|
|
87
|
|
88 /* How much to scroll by per-line. */
|
|
89 Lisp_Object Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment;
|
|
90
|
|
91 /* Scroll if point lands on the bottom line and that line is partially
|
|
92 clipped. */
|
|
93 int scroll_on_clipped_lines;
|
|
94
|
|
95 /* The minibuffer window of the selected frame.
|
|
96 Note that you cannot test for minibufferness of an arbitrary window
|
|
97 by comparing against this; but you can test for minibufferness of
|
|
98 the selected window. */
|
|
99 Lisp_Object minibuf_window;
|
|
100
|
|
101 /* Non-nil means it is the window for C-M-v to scroll
|
|
102 when the minibuffer is selected. */
|
|
103 Lisp_Object Vminibuffer_scroll_window;
|
|
104
|
|
105 /* Non-nil means this is the buffer whose window C-M-v should scroll. */
|
|
106 Lisp_Object Vother_window_scroll_buffer;
|
|
107
|
|
108 /* Non-nil means it's the function to call to display temp buffers. */
|
|
109 Lisp_Object Vtemp_buffer_show_function;
|
|
110
|
|
111 Lisp_Object Vtemp_buffer_show_hook;
|
|
112
|
|
113 /* If a window gets smaller than either of these, it is removed. */
|
|
114 int window_min_height;
|
|
115 int window_min_width;
|
|
116
|
|
117 /* Hook run at end of temp_output_buffer_show. */
|
|
118 Lisp_Object Qtemp_buffer_show_hook;
|
|
119
|
|
120 /* Number of lines of continuity in scrolling by screenfuls. */
|
|
121 int next_screen_context_lines;
|
|
122
|
|
123 /* List of freed window configurations with 1 - 10 windows. */
|
|
124 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_configuration_free_list[10];
|
|
125
|
|
126 #define SET_LAST_MODIFIED(w, cache_too) \
|
|
127 do { \
|
|
128 (w)->last_modified[CURRENT_DISP] = Qzero; \
|
|
129 (w)->last_modified[DESIRED_DISP] = Qzero; \
|
|
130 (w)->last_modified[CMOTION_DISP] = Qzero; \
|
|
131 if (cache_too) \
|
|
132 (w)->line_cache_last_updated = Qzero; \
|
|
133 } while (0)
|
|
134
|
|
135 #define SET_LAST_FACECHANGE(w) \
|
|
136 do { \
|
|
137 (w)->last_facechange[CURRENT_DISP] = Qzero; \
|
|
138 (w)->last_facechange[DESIRED_DISP] = Qzero; \
|
|
139 (w)->last_facechange[CMOTION_DISP] = Qzero; \
|
|
140 } while (0)
|
|
141
|
|
142
|
|
143 #define MARK_DISP_VARIABLE(field) \
|
|
144 mark_object (window->field[CURRENT_DISP]); \
|
|
145 mark_object (window->field[DESIRED_DISP]); \
|
|
146 mark_object (window->field[CMOTION_DISP]);
|
|
147
|
|
148 static Lisp_Object
|
|
149 mark_window (Lisp_Object obj)
|
|
150 {
|
|
151 struct window *window = XWINDOW (obj);
|
|
152 mark_object (window->frame);
|
|
153 mark_object (window->mini_p);
|
|
154 mark_object (window->next);
|
|
155 mark_object (window->prev);
|
|
156 mark_object (window->hchild);
|
|
157 mark_object (window->vchild);
|
|
158 mark_object (window->parent);
|
|
159 mark_object (window->buffer);
|
|
160 MARK_DISP_VARIABLE (start);
|
|
161 MARK_DISP_VARIABLE (pointm);
|
|
162 mark_object (window->sb_point); /* #### move to scrollbar.c? */
|
|
163 mark_object (window->use_time);
|
|
164 MARK_DISP_VARIABLE (last_modified);
|
|
165 MARK_DISP_VARIABLE (last_point);
|
|
166 MARK_DISP_VARIABLE (last_start);
|
|
167 MARK_DISP_VARIABLE (last_facechange);
|
|
168 mark_object (window->line_cache_last_updated);
|
|
169 mark_object (window->redisplay_end_trigger);
|
|
170 mark_object (window->subwindow_instance_cache);
|
|
171
|
|
172 mark_face_cachels (window->face_cachels);
|
|
173 mark_glyph_cachels (window->glyph_cachels);
|
|
174
|
|
175 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) mark_object (window->slot)
|
|
176 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
177
|
|
178 return Qnil;
|
|
179 }
|
|
180
|
|
181 static void
|
|
182 print_window (Lisp_Object obj, Lisp_Object printcharfun, int escapeflag)
|
|
183 {
|
|
184 char buf[200];
|
|
185
|
|
186 if (print_readably)
|
|
187 error ("printing unreadable object #<window 0x%x>",
|
|
188 XWINDOW (obj)->header.uid);
|
|
189
|
|
190 write_c_string ("#<window", printcharfun);
|
|
191 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (obj)->buffer))
|
|
192 {
|
|
193 Lisp_Object name = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (obj)->buffer)->name;
|
|
194 write_c_string (" on ", printcharfun);
|
|
195 print_internal (name, printcharfun, 1);
|
|
196 }
|
|
197 sprintf (buf, " 0x%x>", XWINDOW (obj)->header.uid);
|
|
198 write_c_string (buf, printcharfun);
|
|
199 }
|
|
200
|
|
201 static void
|
|
202 finalize_window (void *header, int for_disksave)
|
|
203 {
|
|
204 struct window *w = (struct window *) header;
|
|
205
|
|
206 if (w->line_start_cache)
|
|
207 {
|
|
208 Dynarr_free (w->line_start_cache);
|
|
209 w->line_start_cache = 0;
|
|
210 }
|
|
211
|
|
212 if (w->face_cachels)
|
|
213 {
|
|
214 int i;
|
|
215
|
|
216 for (i = 0; i < Dynarr_length (w->face_cachels); i++)
|
|
217 {
|
|
218 struct face_cachel *cachel = Dynarr_atp (w->face_cachels, i);
|
|
219 if (cachel->merged_faces)
|
|
220 {
|
|
221 Dynarr_free (cachel->merged_faces);
|
|
222 cachel->merged_faces = 0;
|
|
223 }
|
|
224 }
|
|
225 Dynarr_free (w->face_cachels);
|
|
226 w->face_cachels = 0;
|
|
227 }
|
|
228
|
|
229 if (w->glyph_cachels)
|
|
230 {
|
|
231 Dynarr_free (w->glyph_cachels);
|
|
232 w->glyph_cachels = 0;
|
|
233 }
|
|
234 }
|
|
235
|
|
236 DEFINE_LRECORD_IMPLEMENTATION ("window", window,
|
|
237 mark_window, print_window, finalize_window,
|
|
238 0, 0, 0, struct window);
|
|
239
|
|
240
|
|
241 #define INIT_DISP_VARIABLE(field, initialization) \
|
|
242 p->field[CURRENT_DISP] = initialization; \
|
|
243 p->field[DESIRED_DISP] = initialization; \
|
|
244 p->field[CMOTION_DISP] = initialization;
|
|
245
|
|
246 /* We have an implicit assertion that the first two elements (default
|
|
247 and modeline faces) are always present in the face_element_cache.
|
|
248 Normally redisplay ensures this. However, it is possible for a
|
|
249 window to get created and functions which reference these values
|
|
250 called before redisplay works with the window for the first time.
|
|
251 All callers of allocate_window should therefore call
|
|
252 reset_face_cachels on the created window. We can't do it
|
|
253 here because the window must have its frame pointer set or
|
|
254 reset_face_cachels will fail. */
|
|
255 Lisp_Object
|
|
256 allocate_window (void)
|
|
257 {
|
|
258 Lisp_Object val;
|
|
259 struct window *p = alloc_lcrecord_type (struct window, &lrecord_window);
|
|
260
|
|
261 zero_lcrecord (p);
|
|
262 XSETWINDOW (val, p);
|
|
263
|
|
264 p->dead = 0;
|
|
265 p->frame = Qnil;
|
|
266 p->mini_p = Qnil;
|
|
267 p->next = Qnil;
|
|
268 p->prev = Qnil;
|
|
269 p->hchild = Qnil;
|
|
270 p->vchild = Qnil;
|
|
271 p->parent = Qnil;
|
|
272 p->buffer = Qnil;
|
|
273 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (start, Fmake_marker ());
|
|
274 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (pointm, Fmake_marker ());
|
|
275 p->sb_point = Fmake_marker ();
|
|
276 p->use_time = Qzero;
|
|
277 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (last_modified, Qzero);
|
|
278 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (last_point, Fmake_marker ());
|
|
279 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (last_start, Fmake_marker ());
|
|
280 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (last_facechange, Qzero);
|
|
281 p->face_cachels = Dynarr_new (face_cachel);
|
|
282 p->glyph_cachels = Dynarr_new (glyph_cachel);
|
|
283 p->line_start_cache = Dynarr_new (line_start_cache);
|
|
284 p->subwindow_instance_cache = make_lisp_hash_table (10,
|
|
285 HASH_TABLE_KEY_WEAK,
|
|
286 HASH_TABLE_EQ);
|
|
287 p->line_cache_last_updated = Qzero;
|
|
288 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (last_point_x, 0);
|
|
289 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (last_point_y, 0);
|
|
290 INIT_DISP_VARIABLE (window_end_pos, 0);
|
|
291 p->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
|
|
292
|
|
293 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) p->slot = Qnil
|
|
294 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
295
|
|
296 p->windows_changed = 1;
|
|
297 p->shadow_thickness_changed = 1;
|
|
298
|
|
299 return val;
|
|
300 }
|
|
301 #undef INIT_DISP_VARIABLE
|
|
302
|
|
303 /*
|
|
304 * The redisplay structures used to be stored with each window. While
|
|
305 * they are logically something associated with frames they can't be
|
|
306 * stored there with a redisplay which handles variable height lines.
|
|
307 * Lines in horizontally split windows might not line up. So they get
|
|
308 * stored with the windows.
|
|
309 *
|
|
310 * The problem with this is window configurations. When restoring a
|
|
311 * window configuration it now becomes problematic to do an
|
|
312 * incremental redisplay. The solution is to store the redisplay
|
|
313 * structures with the frame as they should be but laid out in the
|
|
314 * same manner as the window structure. Thus is born the window
|
|
315 * mirror.
|
|
316 *
|
|
317 * It also becomes a convenient place to stick scrollbar instances
|
|
318 * since they extrapolate out to having the same problem described for
|
|
319 * the display structures.
|
|
320 */
|
|
321
|
|
322 /* Create a new window mirror structure and associated redisplay
|
|
323 structs. */
|
|
324 static struct window_mirror *
|
|
325 new_window_mirror (struct frame *f)
|
|
326 {
|
|
327 struct window_mirror *t = xnew_and_zero (struct window_mirror);
|
|
328
|
|
329 t->frame = f;
|
|
330
|
|
331 t->current_display_lines = Dynarr_new (display_line);
|
|
332 t->desired_display_lines = Dynarr_new (display_line);
|
|
333 t->buffer = NULL;
|
|
334
|
|
335 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
336 t->scrollbar_vertical_instance = NULL;
|
|
337 t->scrollbar_horizontal_instance = NULL;
|
|
338 #endif
|
|
339
|
|
340 return t;
|
|
341 }
|
|
342
|
|
343 /* Synchronize the mirror structure with a given window structure.
|
|
344 This is normally called from update_frame_window_mirror with a
|
|
345 starting window of f->root_window. */
|
|
346 static struct window_mirror *
|
|
347 update_mirror_internal (Lisp_Object win, struct window_mirror *mir)
|
|
348 {
|
|
349 if (NILP (win))
|
|
350 {
|
|
351 if (mir)
|
|
352 {
|
|
353 free_window_mirror (mir);
|
|
354 mir = NULL;
|
|
355 }
|
|
356 return mir;
|
|
357 }
|
|
358 else
|
|
359 if (!mir)
|
|
360 mir = new_window_mirror (XFRAME (XWINDOW (win)->frame));
|
|
361
|
|
362 mir->next = update_mirror_internal (XWINDOW (win)->next, mir->next);
|
|
363 mir->hchild = update_mirror_internal (XWINDOW (win)->hchild, mir->hchild);
|
|
364 mir->vchild = update_mirror_internal (XWINDOW (win)->vchild, mir->vchild);
|
|
365
|
|
366 /*
|
|
367 * If the redisplay structs are not empty and the mirror has
|
|
368 * children, then this mirror structure was formerly being used for
|
|
369 * display but is no longer. Reset its current display structs so
|
|
370 * that redisplay doesn't accidentally think they are accurate if it
|
|
371 * is later used for display purposes once again. Also, mark the
|
|
372 * scrollbar instance as not active.
|
|
373 */
|
|
374 if (mir->vchild || mir->hchild)
|
|
375 {
|
|
376 /* The redisplay structures are big. Leaving them around in
|
|
377 non-leaf windows can add up to a lot of wasted space. So
|
|
378 don't do it. */
|
|
379 free_display_structs (mir);
|
|
380 mir->current_display_lines = Dynarr_new (display_line);
|
|
381 mir->desired_display_lines = Dynarr_new (display_line);
|
|
382
|
|
383 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
384 update_window_scrollbars (XWINDOW (win), mir, 0, 0);
|
|
385 #endif
|
|
386 mir->buffer = NULL;
|
|
387 }
|
|
388
|
|
389 return mir;
|
|
390 }
|
|
391
|
|
392 /* Given a window mirror, determine which real window it contains the
|
|
393 redisplay structures for. */
|
|
394 static Lisp_Object
|
|
395 real_window_internal (Lisp_Object win, struct window_mirror *rmir,
|
|
396 struct window_mirror *mir)
|
|
397 {
|
|
398 for (; !NILP (win) && rmir ; win = XWINDOW (win)->next, rmir = rmir->next)
|
|
399 {
|
|
400 if (mir == rmir)
|
|
401 return win;
|
|
402 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (win)->vchild))
|
|
403 {
|
|
404 Lisp_Object retval =
|
|
405 real_window_internal (XWINDOW (win)->vchild, rmir->vchild, mir);
|
|
406 if (!NILP (retval))
|
|
407 return retval;
|
|
408 }
|
|
409 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (win)->hchild))
|
|
410 {
|
|
411 Lisp_Object retval =
|
|
412 real_window_internal (XWINDOW (win)->hchild, rmir->hchild, mir);
|
|
413 if (!NILP (retval))
|
|
414 return retval;
|
|
415 }
|
|
416 }
|
|
417
|
|
418 return Qnil;
|
|
419 }
|
|
420
|
|
421 /* Given a real window, find the mirror structure which contains its
|
|
422 redisplay structures. */
|
|
423 static struct window_mirror *
|
|
424 find_window_mirror_internal (Lisp_Object win, struct window_mirror *rmir,
|
|
425 struct window *w)
|
|
426 {
|
|
427 for (; !NILP (win); win = XWINDOW (win)->next, rmir = rmir->next)
|
|
428 {
|
|
429 if (w == XWINDOW (win))
|
|
430 return rmir;
|
|
431
|
|
432 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (win)->vchild))
|
|
433 {
|
|
434 struct window_mirror *retval =
|
|
435 find_window_mirror_internal (XWINDOW (win)->vchild,
|
|
436 rmir->vchild, w);
|
|
437 if (retval) return retval;
|
|
438 }
|
|
439
|
|
440 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (win)->hchild))
|
|
441 {
|
|
442 struct window_mirror *retval =
|
|
443 find_window_mirror_internal (XWINDOW (win)->hchild,
|
|
444 rmir->hchild, w);
|
|
445 if (retval) return retval;
|
|
446 }
|
|
447 }
|
|
448
|
|
449 return 0;
|
|
450 }
|
|
451
|
|
452 /* Update the mirror structure for the given frame. */
|
|
453 void
|
|
454 update_frame_window_mirror (struct frame *f)
|
|
455 {
|
|
456 f->root_mirror = update_mirror_internal (f->root_window, f->root_mirror);
|
|
457 f->mirror_dirty = 0;
|
|
458 }
|
|
459
|
|
460 /* Free a given mirror structure along with all of its children as
|
|
461 well as their associated display structures. */
|
|
462 void
|
|
463 free_window_mirror (struct window_mirror *mir)
|
|
464 {
|
|
465 while (mir)
|
|
466 {
|
|
467 struct window_mirror *prev = mir;
|
|
468 if (mir->hchild) free_window_mirror (mir->hchild);
|
|
469 if (mir->vchild) free_window_mirror (mir->vchild);
|
|
470 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
471 release_window_mirror_scrollbars (mir);
|
|
472 #endif
|
|
473 free_display_structs (mir);
|
|
474 mir = mir->next;
|
|
475 xfree (prev);
|
|
476 }
|
|
477 }
|
|
478
|
|
479 /* Given a mirror structure, return the window it mirrors. Calls
|
|
480 real_window_internal to do most of the work. */
|
|
481 Lisp_Object
|
|
482 real_window (struct window_mirror *mir, int no_abort)
|
|
483 {
|
|
484 Lisp_Object retval = real_window_internal (mir->frame->root_window,
|
|
485 mir->frame->root_mirror, mir);
|
|
486 if (NILP (retval) && !no_abort)
|
|
487 abort ();
|
|
488
|
|
489 return retval;
|
|
490 }
|
|
491
|
|
492 /* Given a real window, return its mirror structure. Calls
|
|
493 find_window_mirror_internal to do all of the work. */
|
|
494 struct window_mirror *
|
|
495 find_window_mirror (struct window *w)
|
|
496 {
|
|
497 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
|
|
498 if (f->mirror_dirty)
|
|
499 update_frame_window_mirror (f);
|
|
500 return find_window_mirror_internal (f->root_window, f->root_mirror, w);
|
|
501 }
|
|
502
|
|
503 /*****************************************************************************
|
|
504 find_window_by_pixel_pos
|
|
505
|
|
506 Given a pixel position relative to a frame, find the window at that
|
|
507 position.
|
|
508 ****************************************************************************/
|
|
509 struct window *
|
|
510 find_window_by_pixel_pos (int pix_x, int pix_y, Lisp_Object win)
|
|
511 {
|
|
512 if (NILP (win))
|
|
513 return 0;
|
|
514
|
|
515 for (; !NILP (win); win = XWINDOW (win)->next)
|
|
516 {
|
|
517 struct window *w;
|
|
518
|
|
519 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (win)->vchild))
|
|
520 {
|
|
521 w = find_window_by_pixel_pos (pix_x, pix_y, XWINDOW (win)->vchild);
|
|
522 if (w) return w;
|
|
523 }
|
|
524 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (win)->hchild))
|
|
525 {
|
|
526 w = find_window_by_pixel_pos (pix_x, pix_y, XWINDOW (win)->hchild);
|
|
527 if (w) return w;
|
|
528 }
|
|
529 w = XWINDOW (win);
|
|
530 if (pix_x >= WINDOW_LEFT (w)
|
|
531 && pix_x <= WINDOW_RIGHT (w)
|
|
532 && pix_y >= WINDOW_TOP (w)
|
|
533 && pix_y <= WINDOW_BOTTOM (w))
|
|
534 return w;
|
|
535 }
|
|
536 return NULL;
|
|
537 }
|
|
538
|
|
539 /* Return a pointer to the display structures for the given window. */
|
|
540 display_line_dynarr *
|
|
541 window_display_lines (struct window *w, int which)
|
|
542 {
|
|
543 struct window_mirror *t;
|
|
544
|
|
545 if (XFRAME (w->frame)->mirror_dirty)
|
|
546 update_frame_window_mirror (XFRAME (w->frame));
|
|
547 t = find_window_mirror (w);
|
|
548 if (!t)
|
|
549 abort ();
|
|
550
|
|
551 if (which == CURRENT_DISP)
|
|
552 return t->current_display_lines;
|
|
553 else if (which == DESIRED_DISP)
|
|
554 return t->desired_display_lines;
|
|
555 else if (which == CMOTION_DISP)
|
|
556 /* The CMOTION_DISP display lines are global. */
|
|
557 return cmotion_display_lines;
|
|
558 else
|
|
559 abort ();
|
|
560
|
|
561 return 0; /* shut up compiler */
|
|
562 }
|
|
563
|
|
564 struct buffer *
|
|
565 window_display_buffer (struct window *w)
|
|
566 {
|
|
567 struct window_mirror *t;
|
|
568
|
|
569 if (XFRAME (w->frame)->mirror_dirty)
|
|
570 update_frame_window_mirror (XFRAME (w->frame));
|
|
571 t = find_window_mirror (w);
|
|
572 if (!t)
|
|
573 abort ();
|
|
574
|
|
575 return t->buffer;
|
|
576 }
|
|
577
|
|
578 void
|
|
579 set_window_display_buffer (struct window *w, struct buffer *b)
|
|
580 {
|
|
581 struct window_mirror *t;
|
|
582
|
|
583 if (XFRAME (w->frame)->mirror_dirty)
|
|
584 update_frame_window_mirror (XFRAME (w->frame));
|
|
585 t = find_window_mirror (w);
|
|
586 if (!t)
|
|
587 abort ();
|
|
588
|
|
589 t->buffer = b;
|
|
590 }
|
|
591
|
|
592
|
|
593 /* Determining a window's position based solely on its pixel
|
|
594 positioning doesn't work. Instead, we do it the intelligent way,
|
|
595 by checking its positioning in the window hierarchy. */
|
|
596 int
|
|
597 window_is_leftmost (struct window *w)
|
|
598 {
|
|
599 Lisp_Object parent, current_ancestor, window;
|
|
600
|
|
601 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
602
|
|
603 parent = XWINDOW (window)->parent;
|
|
604 current_ancestor = window;
|
|
605
|
|
606 while (!NILP (parent))
|
|
607 {
|
|
608 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (parent)->hchild) &&
|
|
609 !EQ (XWINDOW (parent)->hchild, current_ancestor))
|
|
610 return 0;
|
|
611
|
|
612 current_ancestor = parent;
|
|
613 parent = XWINDOW (parent)->parent;
|
|
614 }
|
|
615
|
|
616 return 1;
|
|
617 }
|
|
618
|
|
619 int
|
|
620 window_is_rightmost (struct window *w)
|
|
621 {
|
|
622 Lisp_Object parent, current_ancestor, window;
|
|
623
|
|
624 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
625
|
|
626 parent = XWINDOW (window)->parent;
|
|
627 current_ancestor = window;
|
|
628
|
|
629 while (!NILP (parent))
|
|
630 {
|
|
631 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (parent)->hchild)
|
|
632 && !NILP (XWINDOW (current_ancestor)->next))
|
|
633 return 0;
|
|
634
|
|
635 current_ancestor = parent;
|
|
636 parent = XWINDOW (parent)->parent;
|
|
637 }
|
|
638
|
|
639 return 1;
|
|
640 }
|
|
641
|
|
642 static int
|
|
643 window_full_width_p (struct window *w)
|
|
644 {
|
|
645 return window_is_leftmost (w) && window_is_rightmost (w);
|
|
646 }
|
|
647
|
|
648 int
|
|
649 window_is_highest (struct window *w)
|
|
650 {
|
|
651 Lisp_Object parent, current_ancestor, window;
|
|
652
|
|
653 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
654
|
|
655 parent = XWINDOW (window)->parent;
|
|
656 current_ancestor = window;
|
|
657
|
|
658 while (!NILP (parent))
|
|
659 {
|
|
660 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (parent)->vchild) &&
|
|
661 !EQ (XWINDOW (parent)->vchild, current_ancestor))
|
|
662 return 0;
|
|
663
|
|
664 current_ancestor = parent;
|
|
665 parent = XWINDOW (parent)->parent;
|
|
666 }
|
|
667
|
|
668 /* This is really to catch the minibuffer but we make it generic in
|
|
669 case we ever change things around to let the minibuffer be on top. */
|
|
670 if (NILP (XWINDOW (current_ancestor)->prev))
|
|
671 return 1;
|
|
672 else
|
|
673 return 0;
|
|
674 }
|
|
675
|
|
676 int
|
|
677 window_is_lowest (struct window *w)
|
|
678 {
|
|
679 Lisp_Object parent, current_ancestor, window;
|
|
680
|
|
681 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
682
|
|
683 parent = XWINDOW (window)->parent;
|
|
684 current_ancestor = window;
|
|
685
|
|
686 while (!NILP (parent))
|
|
687 {
|
|
688 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (parent)->vchild)
|
|
689 && !NILP (XWINDOW (current_ancestor)->next))
|
|
690 return 0;
|
|
691
|
|
692 current_ancestor = parent;
|
|
693 parent = XWINDOW (parent)->parent;
|
|
694 }
|
|
695
|
|
696 return 1;
|
|
697 }
|
|
698
|
|
699 #if 0 /* not currently used */
|
|
700
|
|
701 static int
|
|
702 window_full_height_p (struct window *w)
|
|
703 {
|
|
704 return window_is_highest (w) && window_is_lowest (w);
|
|
705 }
|
|
706
|
|
707 #endif
|
|
708
|
|
709 int
|
|
710 window_truncation_on (struct window *w)
|
|
711 {
|
|
712 /* Minibuffer windows are never truncated.
|
|
713 ### is this the right way ? */
|
|
714 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
|
|
715 return 0;
|
|
716
|
|
717 /* Horizontally scrolled windows are truncated. */
|
|
718 if (w->hscroll)
|
|
719 return 1;
|
|
720
|
|
721 /* If truncate_partial_width_windows is true and the window is not
|
|
722 the full width of the frame it is truncated. */
|
|
723 if (truncate_partial_width_windows
|
|
724 && !(window_is_leftmost (w) && window_is_rightmost (w)))
|
|
725 return 1;
|
|
726
|
|
727 /* If the window's buffer's value of truncate_lines is non-nil, then
|
|
728 the window is truncated. */
|
|
729 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->truncate_lines))
|
|
730 return 1;
|
|
731
|
|
732 return 0;
|
|
733 }
|
|
734
|
|
735 DEFUN ("window-truncated-p", Fwindow_truncated_p, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
736 Returns Non-Nil iff the window is truncated.
|
|
737 */
|
|
738 (window))
|
|
739 {
|
|
740 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
741
|
|
742 return window_truncation_on (w) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
743 }
|
|
744
|
|
745
|
|
746 static int
|
|
747 have_undivided_common_edge (struct window *w_right, void *closure)
|
|
748 {
|
|
749 struct window *w_left = (struct window *) closure;
|
|
750 return (WINDOW_RIGHT (w_left) == WINDOW_LEFT (w_right)
|
|
751 && WINDOW_TOP (w_left) < WINDOW_BOTTOM (w_right)
|
|
752 && WINDOW_TOP (w_right) < WINDOW_BOTTOM (w_left)
|
|
753 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
754 && (NILP (w_right->scrollbar_on_left_p)
|
|
755 || NILP (w_right->vertical_scrollbar_visible_p)
|
|
756 || ZEROP (w_right->scrollbar_width))
|
|
757 #endif
|
|
758 );
|
|
759 }
|
|
760
|
|
761 static int
|
|
762 window_needs_vertical_divider_1 (struct window *w)
|
|
763 {
|
|
764 /* Never if we're on the right */
|
|
765 if (window_is_rightmost (w))
|
|
766 return 0;
|
|
767
|
|
768 /* Always if draggable */
|
|
769 if (!NILP (w->vertical_divider_always_visible_p))
|
|
770 return 1;
|
|
771
|
|
772 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
773 /* Our right scrollbar is enough to separate us at the right */
|
|
774 if (NILP (w->scrollbar_on_left_p)
|
|
775 && !NILP (w->vertical_scrollbar_visible_p)
|
|
776 && !ZEROP (w->scrollbar_width))
|
|
777 return 0;
|
|
778 #endif
|
|
779
|
|
780 /* Ok. to determine whether we need a divider on the left, we must
|
|
781 check that our right neighbor windows have scrollbars on their
|
|
782 left sides. We must check all such windows which have common
|
|
783 left edge with our window's right edge. */
|
|
784 return map_windows (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)),
|
|
785 have_undivided_common_edge, (void*)w);
|
|
786 }
|
|
787
|
|
788 int
|
|
789 window_needs_vertical_divider (struct window *w)
|
|
790 {
|
|
791 if (!w->need_vertical_divider_valid_p)
|
|
792 {
|
|
793 w->need_vertical_divider_p =
|
|
794 window_needs_vertical_divider_1 (w);
|
|
795 w->need_vertical_divider_valid_p = 1;
|
|
796 }
|
|
797 return w->need_vertical_divider_p;
|
|
798 }
|
|
799
|
|
800 /* Called from invalidate_vertical_divider_cache_in_frame */
|
|
801 int
|
|
802 invalidate_vertical_divider_cache_in_window (struct window *w,
|
|
803 void *u_n_u_s_e_d)
|
|
804 {
|
|
805 w->need_vertical_divider_valid_p = 0;
|
|
806 return 0;
|
|
807 }
|
|
808
|
|
809 /* Calculate width of vertical divider, including its shadows
|
|
810 and spacing. The returned value is effectively the distance
|
|
811 between adjacent window edges. This function does not check
|
|
812 whether a window needs a vertical divider, so the returned
|
|
813 value is a "theoretical" one */
|
|
814 int
|
|
815 window_divider_width (struct window *w)
|
|
816 {
|
|
817 /* the shadow thickness can be negative. This means that the divider
|
|
818 will have a depressed look */
|
|
819
|
|
820 if (FRAME_WIN_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))))
|
|
821 return
|
|
822 XINT (w->vertical_divider_line_width)
|
|
823 + 2 * XINT (w->vertical_divider_spacing)
|
|
824 + 2 * abs (XINT (w->vertical_divider_shadow_thickness));
|
|
825 else
|
|
826 return XINT (w->vertical_divider_line_width) == 0 ? 0 : 1;
|
|
827 }
|
|
828
|
|
829 int
|
|
830 window_scrollbar_width (struct window *w)
|
|
831 {
|
|
832 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
833 if (!WINDOW_WIN_P (w)
|
|
834 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
|
|
835 || NILP (w->buffer)
|
|
836 || NILP (w->vertical_scrollbar_visible_p))
|
|
837 /* #### when does NILP (w->buffer) happen? */
|
|
838 return 0;
|
|
839
|
|
840 return XINT (w->scrollbar_width);
|
|
841 #else
|
|
842 return 0;
|
|
843 #endif /* HAVE_SCROLLBARS */
|
|
844 }
|
|
845
|
|
846 /* Horizontal scrollbars are only active on windows with truncation
|
|
847 turned on. */
|
|
848 int
|
|
849 window_scrollbar_height (struct window *w)
|
|
850 {
|
|
851 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
852 if (!WINDOW_WIN_P (w)
|
|
853 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
|
|
854 || NILP (w->buffer)
|
|
855 || NILP (w->horizontal_scrollbar_visible_p)
|
|
856 || !window_truncation_on (w))
|
|
857 return 0;
|
|
858
|
|
859 return XINT (w->scrollbar_height);
|
|
860 #else
|
|
861 return 0;
|
|
862 #endif /* HAVE_SCROLLBARS */
|
|
863 }
|
|
864
|
|
865 int
|
|
866 window_modeline_height (struct window *w)
|
|
867 {
|
|
868 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
|
|
869 int modeline_height;
|
|
870
|
|
871 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) || NILP (w->buffer))
|
|
872 {
|
|
873 modeline_height = 0;
|
|
874 }
|
|
875 else if (!WINDOW_HAS_MODELINE_P (w))
|
|
876 {
|
|
877 if (window_scrollbar_height (w))
|
|
878 modeline_height = 0;
|
|
879 else
|
|
880 {
|
|
881 modeline_height = FRAMEMETH (f, divider_height, ());
|
|
882
|
|
883 if (!EQ (Qzero, w->modeline_shadow_thickness) && FRAME_WIN_P (f))
|
|
884 modeline_height += (2 * MODELINE_SHADOW_THICKNESS (w));
|
|
885 }
|
|
886 }
|
|
887 else
|
|
888 {
|
|
889 if (noninteractive)
|
|
890 modeline_height = 0;
|
|
891 else
|
|
892 {
|
|
893 display_line_dynarr *dla;
|
|
894
|
|
895 /* We don't force a regeneration of the modeline here.
|
|
896 Instead it is now a precondition that any function calling
|
|
897 this should make sure that one of these structures is
|
|
898 up-to-date. In practice this only affects two internal
|
|
899 redisplay functions, regenerate_window and
|
|
900 regenerate_window_point_center. */
|
|
901 /* We check DESIRED_DISP because if it is valid it is more
|
|
902 up-to-date than CURRENT_DISP. For calls to this outside
|
|
903 of redisplay it doesn't matter which structure we check
|
|
904 since there is a redisplay condition that these
|
|
905 structures be identical outside of redisplay. */
|
|
906 dla = window_display_lines (w, DESIRED_DISP);
|
|
907 if (dla && Dynarr_length (dla) && Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->modeline)
|
|
908 modeline_height = (Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->ascent +
|
|
909 Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->descent);
|
|
910 else
|
|
911 {
|
|
912 dla = window_display_lines (w, CURRENT_DISP);
|
|
913 if (dla && Dynarr_length (dla) && Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->modeline)
|
|
914 modeline_height = (Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->ascent +
|
|
915 Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->descent);
|
|
916 else
|
|
917 /* This should be an abort except I'm not yet 100%
|
|
918 confident that it won't ever get hit (though I
|
|
919 haven't been able to trigger it). It is extremely
|
|
920 unlikely to cause any noticeable problem and even if
|
|
921 it does it will be a minor display glitch. */
|
|
922 /* #### Bullshit alert. It does get hit and it causes
|
|
923 noticeable glitches. real_current_modeline_height
|
|
924 is a kludge to fix this for 19.14. */
|
|
925 modeline_height = real_current_modeline_height (w);
|
|
926 }
|
|
927
|
|
928 if (!EQ (Qzero, w->modeline_shadow_thickness) && FRAME_WIN_P (f))
|
|
929 modeline_height += (2 * MODELINE_SHADOW_THICKNESS (w));
|
|
930 }
|
|
931 }
|
|
932
|
|
933 return modeline_height;
|
|
934 }
|
|
935
|
|
936 /*****************************************************************************
|
|
937 margin_width_internal
|
|
938
|
|
939 For a given window, return the width in pixels of the specified margin.
|
|
940 ****************************************************************************/
|
|
941 static int
|
|
942 margin_width_internal (struct window *w, int left_margin)
|
|
943 {
|
|
944 struct buffer *b;
|
|
945 int window_cwidth = window_char_width (w, 1);
|
|
946 int margin_cwidth;
|
|
947 int font_width;
|
|
948 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
949
|
|
950 /* We might be getting called on a non-leaf. */
|
|
951 if (NILP (w->buffer))
|
|
952 return 0;
|
|
953
|
|
954 /* The minibuffer never has margins. */
|
|
955 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
|
|
956 return 0;
|
|
957
|
|
958 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
959 b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
960 margin_cwidth = (left_margin ? XINT (w->left_margin_width) :
|
|
961 XINT (w->right_margin_width));
|
|
962
|
|
963 default_face_height_and_width (window, 0, &font_width);
|
|
964
|
|
965 /* The left margin takes precedence over the right margin so we
|
|
966 subtract its width from the space available for the right
|
|
967 margin. */
|
|
968 if (!left_margin)
|
|
969 window_cwidth -= XINT (w->left_margin_width);
|
|
970
|
|
971 /* The margin cannot be wider than the window is. We allow the
|
|
972 value to be bigger since it is possible for the user to enlarge
|
|
973 the window such that the left margin value would no longer be too
|
|
974 big, but we won't return a value that is larger. */
|
|
975 if (margin_cwidth > window_cwidth)
|
|
976 margin_cwidth = window_cwidth;
|
|
977
|
|
978 /* At the user level the margin is always specified in characters.
|
|
979 Internally however it is manipulated in terms of pixels. */
|
|
980 return margin_cwidth * font_width;
|
|
981 }
|
|
982
|
|
983 int
|
|
984 window_left_margin_width (struct window *w)
|
|
985 {
|
|
986 return margin_width_internal (w, 1);
|
|
987 }
|
|
988
|
|
989 int
|
|
990 window_right_margin_width (struct window *w)
|
|
991 {
|
|
992 return margin_width_internal (w, 0);
|
|
993 }
|
|
994
|
|
995 /*****************************************************************************
|
|
996 Window Gutters
|
|
997
|
|
998 The gutters of a window are those areas in the boundary defined by
|
|
999 w->pixel_top, w->pixel_left, w->pixel_height and w->pixel_width which
|
|
1000 do not contain text. Items which may be in the gutters include
|
|
1001 scrollbars, toolbars and modelines. The margin areas are not
|
|
1002 included. This is an exception made because redisplay special cases
|
|
1003 the handling of those areas in many places in such a way that
|
|
1004 including them in the gutter area would make life difficult.
|
|
1005
|
|
1006 The size functions refer to height for the bottom and top gutters and
|
|
1007 width for the left and right gutters. The starting position
|
|
1008 functions refer to the Y coord for bottom and top gutters and the X
|
|
1009 coord for left and right gutters. All starting positions are
|
|
1010 relative to the frame, not the window.
|
|
1011 ****************************************************************************/
|
|
1012
|
|
1013 int
|
|
1014 window_top_gutter_height (struct window *w)
|
|
1015 {
|
|
1016 int gutter = WINDOW_REAL_TOP_GUTTER_BOUNDS (w);
|
|
1017
|
|
1018 if (!NILP (w->hchild) || !NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
1019 return 0;
|
|
1020
|
|
1021 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
1022 if (!NILP (w->scrollbar_on_top_p))
|
|
1023 return window_scrollbar_height (w) + gutter;
|
|
1024 else
|
|
1025 #endif
|
|
1026 return gutter;
|
|
1027 }
|
|
1028
|
|
1029 int
|
|
1030 window_bottom_gutter_height (struct window *w)
|
|
1031 {
|
|
1032 int gutter = WINDOW_REAL_BOTTOM_GUTTER_BOUNDS (w);
|
|
1033
|
|
1034 if (!NILP (w->hchild) || !NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
1035 return 0;
|
|
1036
|
|
1037 gutter += window_modeline_height (w);
|
|
1038
|
|
1039 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
1040 if (NILP (w->scrollbar_on_top_p))
|
|
1041 return window_scrollbar_height (w) + gutter;
|
|
1042 else
|
|
1043 #endif
|
|
1044 return gutter;
|
|
1045 }
|
|
1046
|
|
1047 int
|
|
1048 window_left_gutter_width (struct window *w, int modeline)
|
|
1049 {
|
|
1050 int gutter = WINDOW_REAL_LEFT_GUTTER_BOUNDS (w);
|
|
1051
|
|
1052 if (!NILP (w->hchild) || !NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
1053 return 0;
|
|
1054
|
|
1055 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
1056 if (!modeline && !NILP (w->scrollbar_on_left_p))
|
|
1057 gutter += window_scrollbar_width (w);
|
|
1058 #endif
|
|
1059
|
|
1060 return gutter;
|
|
1061 }
|
|
1062
|
|
1063 int
|
|
1064 window_right_gutter_width (struct window *w, int modeline)
|
|
1065 {
|
|
1066 int gutter = WINDOW_REAL_RIGHT_GUTTER_BOUNDS (w);
|
|
1067
|
|
1068 if (!NILP (w->hchild) || !NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
1069 return 0;
|
|
1070
|
|
1071 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
1072 if (!modeline && NILP (w->scrollbar_on_left_p))
|
|
1073 gutter += window_scrollbar_width (w);
|
|
1074 #endif
|
|
1075
|
|
1076 if (window_needs_vertical_divider (w))
|
|
1077 gutter += window_divider_width (w);
|
|
1078
|
|
1079 return gutter;
|
|
1080 }
|
|
1081
|
|
1082
|
|
1083 DEFUN ("windowp", Fwindowp, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1084 Return t if OBJ is a window.
|
|
1085 */
|
|
1086 (obj))
|
|
1087 {
|
|
1088 return WINDOWP (obj) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1089 }
|
|
1090
|
|
1091 DEFUN ("window-live-p", Fwindow_live_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1092 Return t if OBJ is a window which is currently visible.
|
|
1093 */
|
|
1094 (obj))
|
|
1095 {
|
|
1096 return WINDOWP (obj) && WINDOW_LIVE_P (XWINDOW (obj)) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1097 }
|
|
1098
|
|
1099 DEFUN ("selected-window", Fselected_window, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1100 Return the window that the cursor now appears in and commands apply to.
|
|
1101 If the optional argument CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is specified and is a frame, return
|
|
1102 the selected window used by that frame. If CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is a device,
|
|
1103 then the selected frame on that device will be used. If CON-DEV-OR-FRAME
|
|
1104 is a console, the selected frame on that console's selected device will
|
|
1105 be used. Otherwise, the selected frame is used.
|
|
1106 */
|
|
1107 (con_dev_or_frame))
|
|
1108 {
|
|
1109 if (NILP (con_dev_or_frame) && NILP (Fselected_device (Qnil)))
|
|
1110 return Qnil; /* happens at startup */
|
|
1111
|
|
1112 {
|
|
1113 struct frame *f = decode_frame_or_selected (con_dev_or_frame);
|
|
1114 return FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
|
|
1115 }
|
|
1116 }
|
|
1117
|
|
1118 DEFUN ("last-nonminibuf-window", Flast_nonminibuf_window, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1119 Return the last selected window that is not a minibuffer window.
|
|
1120 If the optional argument CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is specified and is a frame,
|
|
1121 return the last non-minibuffer window used by that frame. If
|
|
1122 CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is a device, then the selected frame on that device
|
|
1123 will be used. If CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is a console, the selected frame on
|
|
1124 that console's selected device will be used. Otherwise, the selected
|
|
1125 frame is used.
|
|
1126 */
|
|
1127 (con_dev_or_frame))
|
|
1128 {
|
|
1129 if (NILP (con_dev_or_frame) && NILP (Fselected_device (Qnil)))
|
|
1130 return Qnil; /* happens at startup */
|
|
1131
|
|
1132 {
|
|
1133 struct frame *f = decode_frame_or_selected (con_dev_or_frame);
|
|
1134 return FRAME_LAST_NONMINIBUF_WINDOW (f);
|
|
1135 }
|
|
1136 }
|
|
1137
|
|
1138 DEFUN ("minibuffer-window", Fminibuffer_window, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1139 Return the window used now for minibuffers.
|
|
1140 If the optional argument CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is specified and is a frame, return
|
|
1141 the minibuffer window used by that frame. If CON-DEV-OR-FRAME is a device,
|
|
1142 then the selected frame on that device will be used. If CON-DEV-OR-FRAME
|
|
1143 is a console, the selected frame on that console's selected device will
|
|
1144 be used. Otherwise, the selected frame is used.
|
|
1145 */
|
|
1146 (con_dev_or_frame))
|
|
1147 {
|
|
1148 return FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (decode_frame_or_selected (con_dev_or_frame));
|
|
1149 }
|
|
1150
|
438
|
1151 DEFUN ("window-minibuffer-p", Fwindow_minibuffer_p, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
428
|
1152 Return non-nil if WINDOW is a minibuffer window.
|
|
1153 */
|
|
1154 (window))
|
|
1155 {
|
|
1156 return MINI_WINDOW_P (decode_window (window)) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1157 }
|
|
1158
|
|
1159 DEFUN ("window-first-hchild", Fwindow_first_hchild, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1160 Return the first horizontal child of WINDOW, or nil.
|
|
1161 */
|
|
1162 (window))
|
|
1163 {
|
|
1164 return decode_window (window)->hchild;
|
|
1165 }
|
|
1166
|
|
1167 DEFUN ("window-first-vchild", Fwindow_first_vchild, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1168 Return the first vertical child of WINDOW, or nil.
|
|
1169 */
|
|
1170 (window))
|
|
1171 {
|
|
1172 return decode_window (window)->vchild;
|
|
1173 }
|
|
1174
|
|
1175 DEFUN ("window-next-child", Fwindow_next_child, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1176 Return the next window on the same level as WINDOW, or nil.
|
|
1177 */
|
|
1178 (window))
|
|
1179 {
|
|
1180 return decode_window (window)->next;
|
|
1181 }
|
|
1182
|
|
1183 DEFUN ("window-previous-child", Fwindow_previous_child, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1184 Return the previous window on the same level as WINDOW, or nil.
|
|
1185 */
|
|
1186 (window))
|
|
1187 {
|
|
1188 return decode_window (window)->prev;
|
|
1189 }
|
|
1190
|
|
1191 DEFUN ("window-parent", Fwindow_parent, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1192 Return the parent of WINDOW, or nil.
|
|
1193 */
|
|
1194 (window))
|
|
1195 {
|
|
1196 return decode_window (window)->parent;
|
|
1197 }
|
|
1198
|
|
1199 DEFUN ("window-lowest-p", Fwindow_lowest_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1200 Return non-nil if WINDOW is along the bottom of its frame.
|
|
1201 */
|
|
1202 (window))
|
|
1203 {
|
|
1204 return window_is_lowest (decode_window (window)) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1205 }
|
|
1206
|
|
1207 DEFUN ("window-highest-p", Fwindow_highest_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1208 Return non-nil if WINDOW is along the top of its frame.
|
|
1209 */
|
|
1210 (window))
|
|
1211 {
|
|
1212 return window_is_highest (decode_window (window)) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1213 }
|
|
1214
|
|
1215 DEFUN ("window-leftmost-p", Fwindow_leftmost_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1216 Return non-nil if WINDOW is along the left edge of its frame.
|
|
1217 */
|
|
1218 (window))
|
|
1219 {
|
|
1220 return window_is_leftmost (decode_window (window)) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1221 }
|
|
1222
|
|
1223 DEFUN ("window-rightmost-p", Fwindow_rightmost_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1224 Return non-nil if WINDOW is along the right edge of its frame.
|
|
1225 */
|
|
1226 (window))
|
|
1227 {
|
|
1228 return window_is_rightmost (decode_window (window)) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1229 }
|
|
1230
|
|
1231 DEFUN ("pos-visible-in-window-p", Fpos_visible_in_window_p, 0, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1232 Return t if position POS is currently on the frame in WINDOW.
|
|
1233 Returns nil if that position is scrolled vertically out of view.
|
|
1234 POS defaults to point in WINDOW's buffer; WINDOW, to the selected window.
|
|
1235 */
|
|
1236 (pos, window))
|
|
1237 {
|
|
1238 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1239 Bufpos top = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1240 Bufpos posint;
|
|
1241 struct buffer *buf = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
1242
|
|
1243 if (NILP (pos))
|
|
1244 posint = BUF_PT (buf);
|
|
1245 else
|
|
1246 {
|
|
1247 CHECK_INT_COERCE_MARKER (pos);
|
|
1248 posint = XINT (pos);
|
|
1249 }
|
|
1250
|
|
1251 if (posint < top || posint > BUF_ZV (buf))
|
|
1252 return Qnil;
|
|
1253
|
|
1254 /* w->start can be out of range. If it is, do something reasonable. */
|
|
1255 if (top < BUF_BEGV (buf) || top > BUF_ZV (buf))
|
|
1256 return Qnil;
|
|
1257
|
|
1258 return point_would_be_visible (w, top, posint) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
1259 }
|
|
1260
|
|
1261
|
|
1262 struct window *
|
|
1263 decode_window (Lisp_Object window)
|
|
1264 {
|
|
1265 if (NILP (window))
|
|
1266 return XWINDOW (Fselected_window (Qnil));
|
|
1267
|
|
1268 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
1269 return XWINDOW (window);
|
|
1270 }
|
|
1271
|
|
1272 DEFUN ("window-buffer", Fwindow_buffer, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1273 Return the buffer that WINDOW is displaying.
|
|
1274 */
|
|
1275 (window))
|
|
1276 {
|
|
1277 return decode_window (window)->buffer;
|
|
1278 }
|
|
1279
|
|
1280 DEFUN ("window-frame", Fwindow_frame, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1281 Return the frame that window WINDOW is on.
|
|
1282 */
|
|
1283 (window))
|
|
1284 {
|
|
1285 return decode_window (window)->frame;
|
|
1286 }
|
|
1287
|
|
1288 DEFUN ("window-height", Fwindow_height, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1289 Return the number of default lines in WINDOW.
|
|
1290 This actually works by dividing the window's pixel height (including
|
|
1291 the modeline and horizontal scrollbar, if any) by the height of the
|
|
1292 default font; therefore, the number of displayed lines will probably
|
|
1293 be different.
|
|
1294 Use `window-height' to get consistent results in geometry calculations.
|
|
1295 Use `window-displayed-height' to get the actual number of lines
|
|
1296 currently displayed in a window.
|
|
1297 */
|
|
1298 (window))
|
|
1299 {
|
|
1300 return make_int (window_char_height (decode_window (window), 1));
|
|
1301 }
|
|
1302
|
|
1303 DEFUN ("window-displayed-height", Fwindow_displayed_height, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1304 Return the number of lines currently displayed in WINDOW.
|
|
1305 This counts the actual number of lines displayed in WINDOW
|
|
1306 \(as opposed to `window-height'). The modeline and horizontal
|
|
1307 scrollbar do not count as lines. If there is some blank space
|
|
1308 between the end of the buffer and the end of the window, this
|
|
1309 function pretends that there are lines of text in the default
|
|
1310 font there.
|
|
1311 */
|
|
1312 (window))
|
|
1313 {
|
|
1314 return make_int (window_displayed_height (decode_window (window)));
|
|
1315 }
|
|
1316
|
|
1317 DEFUN ("window-pixel-height", Fwindow_pixel_height, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1318 Return the height of WINDOW in pixels. Defaults to current window.
|
|
1319 This includes the window's modeline and horizontal scrollbar (if any).
|
|
1320 */
|
|
1321 (window))
|
|
1322 {
|
|
1323 return make_int (decode_window (window)->pixel_height);
|
|
1324 }
|
|
1325
|
|
1326 DEFUN ("window-text-area-pixel-height",
|
|
1327 Fwindow_text_area_pixel_height, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1328 Return the height in pixels of the text-displaying portion of WINDOW.
|
|
1329 Unlike `window-pixel-height', the space occupied by the modeline and
|
|
1330 horizontal scrollbar, if any, is not counted.
|
|
1331 */
|
|
1332 (window))
|
|
1333 {
|
|
1334 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1335
|
|
1336 return make_int (WINDOW_TEXT_HEIGHT (w));
|
|
1337 }
|
|
1338
|
|
1339 DEFUN ("window-displayed-text-pixel-height",
|
|
1340 Fwindow_displayed_text_pixel_height, 0, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1341 Return the height in pixels of the text displayed in WINDOW.
|
|
1342 Unlike `window-text-area-pixel-height', any blank space below the
|
|
1343 end of the buffer is not included. If optional argument NOCLIPPED
|
|
1344 is non-nil, do not include space occupied by clipped lines.
|
|
1345 */
|
|
1346 (window, noclipped))
|
|
1347 {
|
|
1348 struct window *w;
|
|
1349 Bufpos start, eobuf;
|
|
1350 int defheight;
|
|
1351 int hlimit, height, prev_height = -1;
|
|
1352 int line;
|
|
1353 int elt, nelt, i;
|
|
1354 int needed;
|
|
1355 line_start_cache_dynarr *cache;
|
|
1356
|
|
1357 if (NILP (window))
|
|
1358 window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
1359
|
|
1360 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
1361 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
1362
|
|
1363 start = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1364 hlimit = WINDOW_TEXT_HEIGHT (w);
|
|
1365 eobuf = BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
|
|
1366
|
|
1367 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, NULL);
|
|
1368
|
|
1369 /* guess lines needed in line start cache + a few extra */
|
|
1370 needed = (hlimit + defheight-1) / defheight + 3;
|
|
1371
|
|
1372 while (1) {
|
|
1373 elt = point_in_line_start_cache (w, start, needed);
|
|
1374 assert (elt >= 0); /* in the cache */
|
|
1375
|
|
1376 cache = w->line_start_cache;
|
|
1377 nelt = Dynarr_length (cache);
|
|
1378
|
|
1379 height = 0;
|
|
1380 for (i = elt; i < nelt; i++) {
|
|
1381 line = Dynarr_atp (cache, i)->height;
|
|
1382
|
|
1383 if (height + line > hlimit)
|
|
1384 return make_int (!NILP (noclipped) ? height : hlimit);
|
|
1385
|
|
1386 height += line;
|
|
1387
|
|
1388 if (height == hlimit || Dynarr_atp (cache, i)->end >= eobuf)
|
|
1389 return make_int (height);
|
|
1390 }
|
|
1391
|
|
1392 /* get here => need more cache lines. try again. */
|
|
1393 assert(height > prev_height); /* progress? */
|
|
1394 prev_height = height;
|
|
1395
|
|
1396 needed += ((hlimit - height)*(nelt - elt) + height-1)/height + 3;
|
|
1397 }
|
|
1398
|
|
1399 RETURN_NOT_REACHED(make_int (0)) /* shut up compiler */
|
|
1400 }
|
|
1401
|
|
1402 DEFUN ("window-width", Fwindow_width, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1403 Return the number of display columns in WINDOW.
|
|
1404 This is the width that is usable columns available for text in WINDOW.
|
|
1405 */
|
|
1406 (window))
|
|
1407 {
|
|
1408 return make_int (window_char_width (decode_window (window), 0));
|
|
1409 }
|
|
1410
|
|
1411 DEFUN ("window-pixel-width", Fwindow_pixel_width, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1412 Return the width of WINDOW in pixels. Defaults to current window.
|
|
1413 */
|
|
1414 (window))
|
|
1415 {
|
|
1416 return make_int (decode_window (window)->pixel_width);
|
|
1417 }
|
|
1418
|
|
1419 DEFUN ("window-text-area-pixel-width",
|
|
1420 Fwindow_text_area_pixel_width, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1421 Return the width in pixels of the text-displaying portion of WINDOW.
|
|
1422 Unlike `window-pixel-width', the space occupied by the vertical
|
|
1423 scrollbar or divider, if any, is not counted.
|
|
1424 */
|
|
1425 (window))
|
|
1426 {
|
|
1427 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1428
|
|
1429 return make_int (WINDOW_TEXT_WIDTH (w));
|
|
1430 }
|
|
1431
|
|
1432 DEFUN ("window-hscroll", Fwindow_hscroll, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1433 Return the number of columns by which WINDOW is scrolled from left margin.
|
|
1434 */
|
|
1435 (window))
|
|
1436 {
|
|
1437 return make_int (decode_window (window)->hscroll);
|
|
1438 }
|
|
1439
|
|
1440 DEFUN ("modeline-hscroll", Fmodeline_hscroll, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
438
|
1441 Return the horizontal scrolling ammount of WINDOW's modeline.
|
|
1442 If the window has no modeline, return nil.
|
428
|
1443 */
|
|
1444 (window))
|
|
1445 {
|
|
1446 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1447
|
438
|
1448 return (WINDOW_HAS_MODELINE_P (w)) ? make_int ((int) w->modeline_hscroll) :
|
|
1449 Qnil;
|
428
|
1450 }
|
|
1451
|
|
1452 DEFUN ("set-modeline-hscroll", Fset_modeline_hscroll, 2, 2, 0, /*
|
438
|
1453 Set the horizontal scrolling ammount of WINDOW's modeline to NCOL.
|
|
1454 If NCOL is negative, it will silently be forced to 0.
|
|
1455 If the window has no modeline, return nil. Otherwise, return the actual
|
|
1456 value that was set.
|
428
|
1457 */
|
|
1458 (window, ncol))
|
|
1459 {
|
|
1460 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1461
|
|
1462 if (WINDOW_HAS_MODELINE_P (w))
|
|
1463 {
|
438
|
1464 Charcount ncols;
|
|
1465
|
428
|
1466 CHECK_INT (ncol);
|
438
|
1467 ncols = (XINT (ncol) <= 0) ? 0 : (Charcount) XINT (ncol);
|
|
1468 if (ncols != w->modeline_hscroll)
|
|
1469 {
|
|
1470 MARK_MODELINE_CHANGED;
|
|
1471 w->modeline_hscroll = ncols;
|
|
1472 }
|
|
1473 return make_int ((int) ncols);
|
428
|
1474 }
|
438
|
1475
|
428
|
1476 return Qnil;
|
|
1477 }
|
|
1478
|
|
1479 DEFUN ("set-window-hscroll", Fset_window_hscroll, 2, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1480 Set number of columns WINDOW is scrolled from left margin to NCOL.
|
|
1481 NCOL should be zero or positive.
|
|
1482 */
|
|
1483 (window, ncol))
|
|
1484 {
|
|
1485 struct window *w;
|
|
1486 int ncols;
|
|
1487
|
|
1488 CHECK_INT (ncol);
|
|
1489 ncols = XINT (ncol);
|
|
1490 if (ncols < 0) ncols = 0;
|
|
1491 w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1492 if (w->hscroll != ncols)
|
|
1493 MARK_CLIP_CHANGED; /* FSF marks differently but we aren't FSF. */
|
|
1494 w->hscroll = ncols;
|
|
1495 return ncol;
|
|
1496 }
|
|
1497
|
|
1498 #if 0 /* bogus FSF crock */
|
|
1499
|
|
1500 xxDEFUN ("window-redisplay-end-trigger",
|
|
1501 Fwindow_redisplay_end_trigger, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1502 Return WINDOW's redisplay end trigger value.
|
|
1503 See `set-window-redisplay-end-trigger' for more information.
|
|
1504 */
|
|
1505 (window))
|
|
1506 {
|
|
1507 return decode_window (window)->redisplay_end_trigger;
|
|
1508 }
|
|
1509
|
|
1510 xxDEFUN ("set-window-redisplay-end-trigger",
|
|
1511 Fset_window_redisplay_end_trigger, 2, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1512 Set WINDOW's redisplay end trigger value to VALUE.
|
|
1513 VALUE should be a buffer position (typically a marker) or nil.
|
|
1514 If it is a buffer position, then if redisplay in WINDOW reaches a position
|
|
1515 beyond VALUE, the functions in `redisplay-end-trigger-functions' are called
|
|
1516 with two arguments: WINDOW, and the end trigger value.
|
|
1517 Afterwards the end-trigger value is reset to nil.
|
|
1518 */
|
|
1519 (window, value))
|
|
1520 {
|
|
1521 return (decode_window (window)->redisplay_end_trigger = value);
|
|
1522 }
|
|
1523
|
|
1524 #endif /* 0 */
|
|
1525
|
|
1526 DEFUN ("window-pixel-edges", Fwindow_pixel_edges, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1527 Return a list of the pixel edge coordinates of WINDOW.
|
|
1528 \(LEFT TOP RIGHT BOTTOM), all relative to 0, 0 at top left corner of frame.
|
|
1529 The frame toolbars and menubars are considered to be outside of this area.
|
|
1530 */
|
|
1531 (window))
|
|
1532 {
|
|
1533 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1534 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
|
|
1535
|
|
1536 int left = w->pixel_left - FRAME_LEFT_BORDER_END (f);
|
|
1537 int top = w->pixel_top - FRAME_TOP_BORDER_END (f);
|
|
1538
|
|
1539 return list4 (make_int (left),
|
|
1540 make_int (top),
|
|
1541 make_int (left + w->pixel_width),
|
|
1542 make_int (top + w->pixel_height));
|
|
1543 }
|
|
1544
|
|
1545 DEFUN ("window-text-area-pixel-edges",
|
|
1546 Fwindow_text_area_pixel_edges, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1547 Return a list of the pixel edge coordinates of the text area of WINDOW.
|
|
1548 Returns the list \(LEFT TOP RIGHT BOTTOM), all relative to 0, 0 at the
|
|
1549 top left corner of the window.
|
|
1550 */
|
|
1551 (window))
|
|
1552 {
|
|
1553 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1554
|
|
1555 int left = window_left_gutter_width (w, /* modeline = */ 0);
|
|
1556 int top = window_top_gutter_height (w);
|
|
1557 int right = WINDOW_WIDTH (w) - window_right_gutter_width (w, 0);
|
|
1558 int bottom = WINDOW_HEIGHT (w) - window_bottom_gutter_height (w);
|
|
1559
|
|
1560 return list4 (make_int (left),
|
|
1561 make_int (top),
|
|
1562 make_int (right),
|
|
1563 make_int (bottom));
|
|
1564 }
|
|
1565
|
|
1566 DEFUN ("window-point", Fwindow_point, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1567 Return current value of point in WINDOW.
|
|
1568 For a nonselected window, this is the value point would have
|
|
1569 if that window were selected.
|
|
1570
|
|
1571 Note that, when WINDOW is the selected window and its buffer
|
|
1572 is also currently selected, the value returned is the same as (point).
|
|
1573 It would be more strictly correct to return the `top-level' value
|
|
1574 of point, outside of any save-excursion forms.
|
|
1575 But that is hard to define.
|
|
1576 */
|
|
1577 (window))
|
|
1578 {
|
|
1579 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1580
|
|
1581 /* The special check for current buffer is necessary for this
|
|
1582 function to work as defined when called within an excursion. */
|
|
1583 if (w == XWINDOW (Fselected_window (XFRAME (w->frame)->device))
|
|
1584 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer))
|
|
1585 return Fpoint (Qnil);
|
|
1586 return Fmarker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1587 }
|
|
1588
|
|
1589 DEFUN ("window-start", Fwindow_start, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1590 Return position at which display currently starts in WINDOW.
|
|
1591 This is updated by redisplay or by calling `set-window-start'.
|
|
1592 */
|
|
1593 (window))
|
|
1594 {
|
|
1595 return Fmarker_position (decode_window (window)->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1596 }
|
|
1597
|
|
1598 DEFUN ("window-end", Fwindow_end, 0, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1599 Return position at which display currently ends in WINDOW.
|
|
1600 This is updated by redisplay, when it runs to completion.
|
|
1601 Simply changing the buffer text or setting `window-start'
|
|
1602 does not update this value.
|
|
1603 If GUARANTEE is non-nil, then the return value is guaranteed to be
|
|
1604 the value of window-end at the end of the next full redisplay assuming
|
|
1605 nothing else changes in the meantime. This function is potentially much
|
|
1606 slower with this flag set.
|
|
1607 */
|
|
1608 (window, guarantee))
|
|
1609 {
|
|
1610 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1611
|
|
1612 if (NILP (guarantee))
|
|
1613 {
|
|
1614 Lisp_Object buf;
|
|
1615 buf = w->buffer;
|
|
1616 CHECK_BUFFER (buf);
|
|
1617 return make_int (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (buf)) - w->window_end_pos[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1618 }
|
|
1619 else
|
|
1620 {
|
|
1621 Bufpos startp = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1622 return make_int (end_of_last_line (w, startp));
|
|
1623 }
|
|
1624 }
|
|
1625
|
|
1626 DEFUN ("set-window-point", Fset_window_point, 2, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1627 Make point value in WINDOW be at position POS in WINDOW's buffer.
|
|
1628 */
|
|
1629 (window, pos))
|
|
1630 {
|
|
1631 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1632
|
|
1633 CHECK_INT_COERCE_MARKER (pos);
|
|
1634 if (w == XWINDOW (Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
1635 Fgoto_char (pos, Qnil);
|
|
1636 else
|
|
1637 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP], pos, w->buffer);
|
|
1638
|
|
1639 MARK_POINT_CHANGED;
|
|
1640 return pos;
|
|
1641 }
|
|
1642
|
|
1643 DEFUN ("set-window-start", Fset_window_start, 2, 3, 0, /*
|
|
1644 Make display in WINDOW start at position POS in WINDOW's buffer.
|
|
1645 Optional third arg NOFORCE non-nil inhibits next redisplay
|
|
1646 from overriding motion of point in order to display at this exact start.
|
|
1647 */
|
|
1648 (window, pos, noforce))
|
|
1649 {
|
|
1650 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1651
|
|
1652 CHECK_INT_COERCE_MARKER (pos);
|
|
1653 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], pos, w->buffer);
|
|
1654 /* this is not right, but much easier than doing what is right. */
|
|
1655 /* w->start_at_line_beg = 0; */
|
|
1656 /* WTF is the above supposed to mean? GE */
|
|
1657 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (XBUFFER (w->buffer),
|
|
1658 marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]));
|
|
1659 if (NILP (noforce))
|
|
1660 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
1661 w->redo_modeline = 1;
|
|
1662 SET_LAST_MODIFIED (w, 0);
|
|
1663 SET_LAST_FACECHANGE (w);
|
|
1664
|
|
1665 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
1666
|
|
1667 return pos;
|
|
1668 }
|
|
1669
|
|
1670 DEFUN ("window-dedicated-p", Fwindow_dedicated_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
1671 Return WINDOW's dedicated object, usually t or nil.
|
|
1672 See also `set-window-dedicated-p'.
|
|
1673 */
|
|
1674 (window))
|
|
1675 {
|
|
1676 return decode_window (window)->dedicated;
|
|
1677 }
|
|
1678
|
|
1679 DEFUN ("set-window-dedicated-p", Fset_window_dedicated_p, 2, 2, 0, /*
|
|
1680 Control whether WINDOW is dedicated to the buffer it displays.
|
|
1681 If it is dedicated, Emacs will not automatically change
|
|
1682 which buffer appears in it.
|
|
1683 The second argument is the new value for the dedication flag;
|
|
1684 non-nil means yes.
|
|
1685 */
|
|
1686 (window, arg))
|
|
1687 {
|
|
1688 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
1689
|
|
1690 w->dedicated = NILP (arg) ? Qnil : Qt;
|
|
1691
|
|
1692 return w->dedicated;
|
|
1693 }
|
|
1694
|
|
1695 /* FSFmacs has window-display-table here. We have display table as a
|
|
1696 specifier. */
|
|
1697
|
|
1698
|
|
1699 /* Record info on buffer window w is displaying
|
|
1700 when it is about to cease to display that buffer. */
|
|
1701 static void
|
|
1702 unshow_buffer (struct window *w)
|
|
1703 {
|
|
1704 Lisp_Object buf = w->buffer;
|
|
1705
|
|
1706 if (XBUFFER (buf) != XMARKER (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP])->buffer)
|
|
1707 abort ();
|
|
1708
|
|
1709 /* FSF disables this check, so I'll do it too. I hope it won't
|
|
1710 break things. --ben */
|
|
1711 #if 0
|
|
1712 if (w == XWINDOW (Fselected_window (Qnil))
|
|
1713 || ! EQ (buf, XWINDOW (Fselected_window (Qnil))->buffer))
|
|
1714 /* Do this except when the selected window's buffer
|
|
1715 is being removed from some other window. */
|
|
1716 #endif
|
|
1717 /* last_window_start records the start position that this buffer
|
|
1718 had in the last window to be disconnected from it.
|
|
1719 Now that this statement is unconditional,
|
|
1720 it is possible for the buffer to be displayed in the
|
|
1721 selected window, while last_window_start reflects another
|
|
1722 window which was recently showing the same buffer.
|
|
1723 Some people might say that might be a good thing. Let's see. */
|
|
1724 XBUFFER (buf)->last_window_start =
|
|
1725 marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1726
|
|
1727 /* Point in the selected window's buffer
|
|
1728 is actually stored in that buffer, and the window's pointm isn't used.
|
|
1729 So don't clobber point in that buffer. */
|
|
1730 if (! EQ (buf, XWINDOW (Fselected_window (Qnil))->buffer))
|
|
1731 {
|
|
1732 struct buffer *b= XBUFFER (buf);
|
|
1733 BUF_SET_PT (b, bufpos_clip_to_bounds (BUF_BEGV (b),
|
|
1734 marker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]),
|
|
1735 BUF_ZV (b)));
|
|
1736 }
|
|
1737 }
|
|
1738
|
|
1739 /* Put REPLACEMENT into the window structure in place of OLD. */
|
|
1740 static void
|
|
1741 replace_window (Lisp_Object old, Lisp_Object replacement)
|
|
1742 {
|
|
1743 Lisp_Object tem;
|
|
1744 struct window *o = XWINDOW (old), *p = XWINDOW (replacement);
|
|
1745
|
|
1746 /* If OLD is its frame's root_window, then replacement is the new
|
|
1747 root_window for that frame. */
|
|
1748
|
|
1749 if (EQ (old, FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (o->frame))))
|
|
1750 FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (o->frame)) = replacement;
|
|
1751
|
|
1752 WINDOW_LEFT (p) = WINDOW_LEFT (o);
|
|
1753 WINDOW_TOP (p) = WINDOW_TOP (o);
|
|
1754 WINDOW_WIDTH (p) = WINDOW_WIDTH (o);
|
|
1755 WINDOW_HEIGHT (p) = WINDOW_HEIGHT (o);
|
|
1756
|
|
1757 p->next = tem = o->next;
|
|
1758 if (!NILP (tem))
|
|
1759 XWINDOW (tem)->prev = replacement;
|
|
1760
|
|
1761 p->prev = tem = o->prev;
|
|
1762 if (!NILP (tem))
|
|
1763 XWINDOW (tem)->next = replacement;
|
|
1764
|
|
1765 p->parent = tem = o->parent;
|
|
1766 if (!NILP (tem))
|
|
1767 {
|
|
1768 if (EQ (XWINDOW (tem)->vchild, old))
|
|
1769 XWINDOW (tem)->vchild = replacement;
|
|
1770 if (EQ (XWINDOW (tem)->hchild, old))
|
|
1771 XWINDOW (tem)->hchild = replacement;
|
|
1772 }
|
|
1773
|
|
1774 /* #### Here, if replacement is a vertical combination
|
|
1775 and so is its new parent, we should make replacement's
|
|
1776 children be children of that parent instead. */
|
|
1777 }
|
|
1778
|
|
1779 /* we're deleting W; set the structure of W to indicate this. */
|
|
1780
|
|
1781 static void
|
|
1782 mark_window_as_deleted (struct window *w)
|
|
1783 {
|
|
1784 /* In the loop
|
|
1785 (while t (split-window) (delete-window))
|
|
1786 we end up with a tree of deleted windows which are all connected
|
|
1787 through the `next' slot. This might not seem so bad, as they're
|
|
1788 deleted, and will presumably be GCed - but if even *one* of those
|
|
1789 windows is still being pointed to, by the user, or by a window
|
|
1790 configuration, then *all* of those windows stick around.
|
|
1791
|
|
1792 Since the window-configuration code doesn't need any of the
|
|
1793 pointers to other windows (they are all recreated from the
|
|
1794 window-config data), we set them all to nil so that we
|
|
1795 are able to collect more actual garbage.
|
|
1796 */
|
|
1797 w->next = Qnil;
|
|
1798 w->prev = Qnil;
|
|
1799 w->hchild = Qnil;
|
|
1800 w->vchild = Qnil;
|
|
1801 w->parent = Qnil;
|
|
1802
|
|
1803 w->dead = 1;
|
|
1804
|
|
1805 /* Free the extra data structures attached to windows immediately so
|
|
1806 they don't sit around consuming excess space. They will be
|
|
1807 reinitialized by the window-configuration code as necessary. */
|
|
1808 finalize_window ((void *) w, 0);
|
|
1809 }
|
|
1810
|
|
1811 DEFUN ("delete-window", Fdelete_window, 0, 2, "", /*
|
|
1812 Remove WINDOW from the display. Default is selected window.
|
|
1813 If window is the only one on the frame, the frame is destroyed.
|
|
1814 Normally, you cannot delete the last non-minibuffer-only frame (you must
|
|
1815 use `save-buffers-kill-emacs' or `kill-emacs'). However, if optional
|
|
1816 second argument FORCE is non-nil, you can delete the last frame. (This
|
|
1817 will automatically call `save-buffers-kill-emacs'.)
|
|
1818 */
|
|
1819 (window, force))
|
|
1820 {
|
|
1821 /* This function can GC if this is the only window in the frame */
|
|
1822 struct window *w;
|
|
1823 Lisp_Object parent;
|
|
1824 struct window *par;
|
|
1825 Lisp_Object frame;
|
|
1826 struct frame *f;
|
|
1827 struct device *d;
|
|
1828
|
|
1829 /* Note: this function is called by other C code on non-leaf
|
|
1830 windows. */
|
|
1831
|
|
1832 /* Do the equivalent of decode_window() but don't error out on
|
|
1833 deleted window; it's OK to delete an already-deleted window. */
|
|
1834 if (NILP (window))
|
|
1835 window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
1836 else
|
|
1837 CHECK_WINDOW (window);
|
|
1838 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
1839
|
|
1840 /* It's okay to delete an already-deleted window. */
|
|
1841 if (! WINDOW_LIVE_P (w))
|
|
1842 return Qnil;
|
|
1843
|
|
1844 frame = WINDOW_FRAME (w);
|
|
1845 f = XFRAME (frame);
|
|
1846 d = XDEVICE (FRAME_DEVICE (f));
|
|
1847
|
|
1848 if (TOP_LEVEL_WINDOW_P (w))
|
|
1849 {
|
|
1850 if (NILP (memq_no_quit (frame, DEVICE_FRAME_LIST (d))))
|
|
1851 /* this frame isn't fully initialized yet; don't blow up. */
|
|
1852 return Qnil;
|
|
1853
|
|
1854 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window)))
|
|
1855 error ("Attempt to delete the minibuffer window");
|
|
1856
|
|
1857 /* It has been suggested that it's a good thing for C-x 0 to have this
|
|
1858 behavior, but not such a good idea for #'delete-window to have it.
|
|
1859 Maybe C-x 0 should be bound to something else, or maybe frame
|
|
1860 deletion should only happen when this is called interactively.
|
|
1861 */
|
|
1862 delete_frame_internal (f, !NILP (force), 0, 0);
|
|
1863 return Qnil;
|
|
1864 }
|
|
1865
|
|
1866 /* At this point, we know the window has a parent. */
|
|
1867 parent = w->parent;
|
|
1868 par = XWINDOW (parent);
|
|
1869
|
|
1870 MARK_FRAME_WINDOWS_STRUCTURE_CHANGED (f);
|
430
|
1871 /* It's quite likely that deleting a window will result in
|
|
1872 subwindows needing to be deleted also (since they are cached
|
|
1873 per-window). So we mark them as changed, so that the cachels will
|
|
1874 get reset by redisplay and thus deleted subwindows can get
|
|
1875 GC'd. */
|
|
1876 MARK_FRAME_SUBWINDOWS_CHANGED (f);
|
428
|
1877
|
|
1878 /* Are we trying to delete any frame's selected window?
|
|
1879 Note that we could be dealing with a non-leaf window
|
|
1880 where the selected window is one of our children.
|
|
1881 So, we check by scanning all the ancestors of the
|
|
1882 frame's selected window and comparing each one with
|
|
1883 WINDOW. */
|
|
1884 {
|
|
1885 Lisp_Object pwindow;
|
|
1886
|
|
1887 pwindow = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
|
|
1888
|
|
1889 while (!NILP (pwindow))
|
|
1890 {
|
|
1891 if (EQ (window, pwindow))
|
|
1892 break;
|
|
1893 pwindow = XWINDOW (pwindow)->parent;
|
|
1894 }
|
|
1895
|
|
1896 if (EQ (window, pwindow))
|
|
1897 {
|
|
1898 /* OK, we found it. */
|
|
1899 Lisp_Object alternative;
|
|
1900 alternative = Fnext_window (window, Qlambda, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
1901
|
|
1902 /* If we're about to delete the selected window on the
|
|
1903 selected frame, then we should use Fselect_window to select
|
|
1904 the new window. On the other hand, if we're about to
|
|
1905 delete the selected window on any other frame, we shouldn't do
|
|
1906 anything but set the frame's selected_window slot. */
|
|
1907 if (EQ (frame, Fselected_frame (Qnil)))
|
|
1908 Fselect_window (alternative, Qnil);
|
|
1909 else
|
|
1910 set_frame_selected_window (f, alternative);
|
|
1911 }
|
|
1912 }
|
|
1913
|
|
1914 /* w->buffer is nil in a non-leaf window; in this case,
|
|
1915 get rid of the markers we maintain that point into that buffer. */
|
|
1916 if (!NILP (w->buffer))
|
|
1917 {
|
|
1918 unshow_buffer (w);
|
|
1919 unchain_marker (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1920 unchain_marker (w->pointm[DESIRED_DISP]);
|
|
1921 unchain_marker (w->pointm[CMOTION_DISP]);
|
|
1922 unchain_marker (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
1923 unchain_marker (w->start[DESIRED_DISP]);
|
|
1924 unchain_marker (w->start[CMOTION_DISP]);
|
|
1925 unchain_marker (w->sb_point);
|
|
1926 /* This breaks set-window-configuration if windows in the saved
|
|
1927 configuration get deleted and multiple frames are in use. */
|
|
1928 /* w->buffer = Qnil; */
|
|
1929 }
|
|
1930
|
|
1931 /* close up the hole in the sibling list */
|
|
1932 if (!NILP (w->next))
|
|
1933 XWINDOW (w->next)->prev = w->prev;
|
|
1934 if (!NILP (w->prev))
|
|
1935 XWINDOW (w->prev)->next = w->next;
|
|
1936 if (EQ (window, par->hchild))
|
|
1937 par->hchild = w->next;
|
|
1938 if (EQ (window, par->vchild))
|
|
1939 par->vchild = w->next;
|
|
1940
|
|
1941 /* Find one of our siblings to give our space to. */
|
|
1942 {
|
|
1943 Lisp_Object sib = w->prev;
|
|
1944 if (NILP (sib))
|
|
1945 {
|
|
1946 /* If w gives its space to its next sibling, that sibling needs
|
|
1947 to have its top/left side pulled back to where w's is.
|
|
1948 set_window_{height,width} will re-position the sibling's
|
|
1949 children. */
|
|
1950 sib = w->next;
|
|
1951 WINDOW_TOP (XWINDOW (sib)) = WINDOW_TOP (w);
|
|
1952 WINDOW_LEFT (XWINDOW (sib)) = WINDOW_LEFT (w);
|
|
1953 }
|
|
1954
|
|
1955 /* Stretch that sibling. */
|
|
1956 if (!NILP (par->vchild))
|
|
1957 set_window_pixheight
|
|
1958 (sib, (WINDOW_HEIGHT (XWINDOW (sib)) + WINDOW_HEIGHT (w)), 1);
|
|
1959 if (!NILP (par->hchild))
|
|
1960 set_window_pixwidth
|
|
1961 (sib, (WINDOW_WIDTH (XWINDOW (sib)) + WINDOW_WIDTH (w)), 1);
|
|
1962 }
|
|
1963
|
|
1964 /* If parent now has only one child,
|
|
1965 put the child into the parent's place. */
|
|
1966 {
|
|
1967 Lisp_Object parchild = par->hchild;
|
|
1968 if (NILP (parchild))
|
|
1969 parchild = par->vchild;
|
|
1970 if (NILP (XWINDOW (parchild)->next))
|
|
1971 {
|
|
1972 replace_window (parent, parchild);
|
|
1973 mark_window_as_deleted (XWINDOW (parent));
|
|
1974 }
|
|
1975 }
|
|
1976
|
|
1977 /* Since we may be deleting combination windows, we must make sure that
|
|
1978 not only W but all its children have been marked as deleted. */
|
|
1979 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
|
|
1980 delete_all_subwindows (XWINDOW (w->hchild));
|
|
1981 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
1982 delete_all_subwindows (XWINDOW (w->vchild));
|
|
1983
|
|
1984 mark_window_as_deleted (w);
|
|
1985
|
|
1986 f->mirror_dirty = 1;
|
|
1987 return Qnil;
|
|
1988 }
|
|
1989
|
|
1990
|
|
1991 DEFUN ("next-window", Fnext_window, 0, 4, 0, /*
|
|
1992 Return next window after WINDOW in canonical ordering of windows.
|
|
1993 If omitted, WINDOW defaults to the selected window.
|
|
1994
|
|
1995 Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
|
|
1996 if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
|
|
1997 it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
|
|
1998 minibuffer even if it is active.
|
|
1999
|
|
2000 Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
|
|
2001 counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
|
|
2002 too. Therefore, `next-window' can be used to iterate through the
|
|
2003 set of windows even when the minibuffer is on another frame. If the
|
|
2004 minibuffer does not count, only windows from WINDOW's frame count.
|
|
2005
|
|
2006 Optional third arg ALL-FRAMES t means include windows on all frames.
|
|
2007 ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified
|
|
2008 above. ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
|
|
2009 ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
2010 If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, restrict search to windows on that frame.
|
|
2011 Anything else means restrict to WINDOW's frame.
|
|
2012
|
|
2013 Optional fourth argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2014 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2015 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2016 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2017 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2018 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2019 on WINDOW's console. Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2020
|
|
2021 If you use consistent values for MINIBUF, ALL-FRAMES, and CONSOLE, you
|
|
2022 can use `next-window' to iterate through the entire cycle of acceptable
|
|
2023 windows, eventually ending up back at the window you started with.
|
|
2024 `previous-window' traverses the same cycle, in the reverse order.
|
|
2025 */
|
|
2026 (window, minibuf, all_frames, console))
|
|
2027 {
|
|
2028 Lisp_Object tem;
|
|
2029 Lisp_Object start_window;
|
|
2030
|
|
2031 if (NILP (window))
|
|
2032 window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
2033 else
|
|
2034 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
2035
|
|
2036 start_window = window;
|
|
2037
|
|
2038 /* minibuf == nil may or may not include minibuffers.
|
|
2039 Decide if it does. */
|
|
2040 if (NILP (minibuf))
|
|
2041 minibuf = (minibuf_level ? minibuf_window : Qlambda);
|
|
2042 else if (! EQ (minibuf, Qt))
|
|
2043 minibuf = Qlambda;
|
|
2044 /* Now minibuf can be t => count all minibuffer windows,
|
|
2045 lambda => count none of them,
|
|
2046 or a specific minibuffer window (the active one) to count. */
|
|
2047
|
|
2048 /* all_frames == nil doesn't specify which frames to include. */
|
|
2049 if (NILP (all_frames))
|
|
2050 all_frames = (! EQ (minibuf, Qlambda)
|
|
2051 ? (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW
|
|
2052 (XFRAME
|
|
2053 (WINDOW_FRAME
|
|
2054 (XWINDOW (window)))))
|
|
2055 : Qnil);
|
|
2056 else if (EQ (all_frames, Qvisible))
|
|
2057 ;
|
|
2058 else if (ZEROP (all_frames))
|
|
2059 ;
|
|
2060 else if (FRAMEP (all_frames) && ! EQ (all_frames, Fwindow_frame (window)))
|
|
2061 /* If all_frames is a frame and window arg isn't on that frame, just
|
|
2062 return the first window on the frame. */
|
|
2063 return frame_first_window (XFRAME (all_frames));
|
|
2064 else if (! EQ (all_frames, Qt))
|
|
2065 all_frames = Qnil;
|
|
2066 /* Now all_frames is t meaning search all frames,
|
|
2067 nil meaning search just current frame,
|
|
2068 visible meaning search just visible frames,
|
|
2069 0 meaning search visible and iconified frames,
|
|
2070 or a window, meaning search the frame that window belongs to. */
|
|
2071
|
|
2072 /* Do this loop at least once, to get the next window, and perhaps
|
|
2073 again, if we hit the minibuffer and that is not acceptable. */
|
|
2074 do
|
|
2075 {
|
|
2076 /* Find a window that actually has a next one. This loop
|
|
2077 climbs up the tree. */
|
|
2078 while (tem = XWINDOW (window)->next, NILP (tem))
|
|
2079 if (tem = XWINDOW (window)->parent, !NILP (tem))
|
|
2080 window = tem;
|
|
2081 else /* window must be minibuffer window now */
|
|
2082 {
|
|
2083 /* We've reached the end of this frame.
|
|
2084 Which other frames are acceptable? */
|
|
2085 tem = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window));
|
|
2086
|
|
2087 if (! NILP (all_frames))
|
|
2088 {
|
|
2089 Lisp_Object tem1;
|
|
2090
|
|
2091 tem1 = tem;
|
|
2092 tem = next_frame (tem, all_frames, console);
|
|
2093 /* In the case where the minibuffer is active,
|
|
2094 and we include its frame as well as the selected one,
|
|
2095 next_frame may get stuck in that frame.
|
|
2096 If that happens, go back to the selected frame
|
|
2097 so we can complete the cycle. */
|
|
2098 if (EQ (tem, tem1))
|
|
2099 XSETFRAME (tem, selected_frame ());
|
|
2100 }
|
|
2101
|
|
2102 tem = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (tem));
|
|
2103 break;
|
|
2104 }
|
|
2105
|
|
2106 window = tem;
|
|
2107
|
|
2108 /* If we're in a combination window, find its first child and
|
|
2109 recurse on that. Otherwise, we've found the window we want. */
|
|
2110 while (1)
|
|
2111 {
|
|
2112 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->hchild))
|
|
2113 window = XWINDOW (window)->hchild;
|
|
2114 else if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->vchild))
|
|
2115 window = XWINDOW (window)->vchild;
|
|
2116 else break;
|
|
2117 }
|
|
2118 }
|
|
2119 /* "acceptable" is the correct spelling. */
|
|
2120 /* Which windows are acceptable?
|
|
2121 Exit the loop and accept this window if
|
|
2122 this isn't a minibuffer window,
|
|
2123 or we're accepting all minibuffer windows,
|
|
2124 or this is the active minibuffer and we are accepting that one, or
|
|
2125 we've come all the way around and we're back at the original window. */
|
|
2126 while (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window))
|
|
2127 && ! EQ (minibuf, Qt)
|
|
2128 && ! EQ (minibuf, window)
|
|
2129 && ! EQ (window, start_window));
|
|
2130
|
|
2131 return window;
|
|
2132 }
|
|
2133
|
|
2134 DEFUN ("previous-window", Fprevious_window, 0, 4, 0, /*
|
|
2135 Return the window preceding WINDOW in canonical ordering of windows.
|
|
2136 If omitted, WINDOW defaults to the selected window.
|
|
2137
|
|
2138 Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
|
|
2139 if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
|
|
2140 it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
|
|
2141 minibuffer even if it is active.
|
|
2142
|
|
2143 Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
|
|
2144 counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
|
|
2145 too. Therefore, `previous-window' can be used to iterate through
|
|
2146 the set of windows even when the minibuffer is on another frame. If
|
|
2147 the minibuffer does not count, only windows from WINDOW's frame count
|
|
2148
|
|
2149 If optional third arg ALL-FRAMES t means include windows on all frames.
|
|
2150 ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified
|
|
2151 above. ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
|
|
2152 ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
2153 If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, restrict search to windows on that frame.
|
|
2154 Anything else means restrict to WINDOW's frame.
|
|
2155
|
|
2156 Optional fourth argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2157 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2158 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2159 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2160 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2161 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2162 on WINDOW's console. Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2163
|
|
2164 If you use consistent values for MINIBUF, ALL-FRAMES, and CONSOLE, you
|
|
2165 can use `previous-window' to iterate through the entire cycle of acceptable
|
|
2166 windows, eventually ending up back at the window you started with.
|
|
2167 `next-window' traverses the same cycle, in the reverse order.
|
|
2168 */
|
|
2169 (window, minibuf, all_frames, console))
|
|
2170 {
|
|
2171 Lisp_Object tem;
|
|
2172 Lisp_Object start_window;
|
|
2173
|
|
2174 if (NILP (window))
|
|
2175 window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
2176 else
|
|
2177 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
2178
|
|
2179 start_window = window;
|
|
2180
|
|
2181 /* minibuf == nil may or may not include minibuffers.
|
|
2182 Decide if it does. */
|
|
2183 if (NILP (minibuf))
|
|
2184 minibuf = (minibuf_level ? minibuf_window : Qlambda);
|
|
2185 else if (! EQ (minibuf, Qt))
|
|
2186 minibuf = Qlambda;
|
|
2187 /* Now minibuf can be t => count all minibuffer windows,
|
|
2188 lambda => count none of them,
|
|
2189 or a specific minibuffer window (the active one) to count. */
|
|
2190
|
|
2191 /* all_frames == nil doesn't specify which frames to include.
|
|
2192 Decide which frames it includes. */
|
|
2193 if (NILP (all_frames))
|
|
2194 all_frames = (! EQ (minibuf, Qlambda)
|
|
2195 ? (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW
|
|
2196 (XFRAME
|
|
2197 (WINDOW_FRAME
|
|
2198 (XWINDOW (window)))))
|
|
2199 : Qnil);
|
|
2200 else if (EQ (all_frames, Qvisible))
|
|
2201 ;
|
|
2202 else if (ZEROP (all_frames))
|
|
2203 ;
|
|
2204 else if (FRAMEP (all_frames) && ! EQ (all_frames, Fwindow_frame (window)))
|
|
2205 /* If all_frames is a frame and window arg isn't on that frame, just
|
|
2206 return the first window on the frame. */
|
|
2207 return frame_first_window (XFRAME (all_frames));
|
|
2208 else if (! EQ (all_frames, Qt))
|
|
2209 all_frames = Qnil;
|
|
2210 /* Now all_frames is t meaning search all frames,
|
|
2211 nil meaning search just current frame,
|
|
2212 visible meaning search just visible frames,
|
|
2213 0 meaning search visible and iconified frames,
|
|
2214 or a window, meaning search the frame that window belongs to. */
|
|
2215
|
|
2216 /* Do this loop at least once, to get the next window, and perhaps
|
|
2217 again, if we hit the minibuffer and that is not acceptable. */
|
|
2218 do
|
|
2219 {
|
|
2220 /* Find a window that actually has a next one. This loop
|
|
2221 climbs up the tree. */
|
|
2222 while (tem = XWINDOW (window)->prev, NILP (tem))
|
|
2223 if (tem = XWINDOW (window)->parent, !NILP (tem))
|
|
2224 window = tem;
|
|
2225 else /* window must be minibuffer window now */
|
|
2226 {
|
|
2227 /* We have found the top window on the frame.
|
|
2228 Which frames are acceptable? */
|
|
2229 tem = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window));
|
|
2230
|
|
2231 if (! NILP (all_frames))
|
|
2232 /* It's actually important that we use prev_frame here,
|
|
2233 rather than next_frame. All the windows acceptable
|
|
2234 according to the given parameters should form a ring;
|
|
2235 Fnext_window and Fprevious_window should go back and
|
|
2236 forth around the ring. If we use next_frame here,
|
|
2237 then Fnext_window and Fprevious_window take different
|
|
2238 paths through the set of acceptable windows.
|
|
2239 window_loop assumes that these `ring' requirement are
|
|
2240 met. */
|
|
2241 {
|
|
2242 Lisp_Object tem1;
|
|
2243
|
|
2244 tem1 = tem;
|
|
2245 tem = prev_frame (tem, all_frames, console);
|
|
2246 /* In the case where the minibuffer is active,
|
|
2247 and we include its frame as well as the selected one,
|
|
2248 next_frame may get stuck in that frame.
|
|
2249 If that happens, go back to the selected frame
|
|
2250 so we can complete the cycle. */
|
|
2251 if (EQ (tem, tem1))
|
|
2252 XSETFRAME (tem, selected_frame ());
|
|
2253 }
|
|
2254
|
|
2255 /* If this frame has a minibuffer, find that window first,
|
|
2256 because it is conceptually the last window in that frame. */
|
|
2257 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (XFRAME (tem)))
|
|
2258 tem = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (tem));
|
|
2259 else
|
|
2260 tem = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (tem));
|
|
2261
|
|
2262 break;
|
|
2263 }
|
|
2264
|
|
2265 window = tem;
|
|
2266
|
|
2267 /* If we're in a combination window, find its first child and
|
|
2268 recurse on that. Otherwise, we've found the window we want. */
|
|
2269 while (1)
|
|
2270 {
|
|
2271 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->hchild))
|
|
2272 window = XWINDOW (window)->hchild;
|
|
2273 else if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->vchild))
|
|
2274 window = XWINDOW (window)->vchild;
|
|
2275 else break;
|
|
2276 while (tem = XWINDOW (window)->next, !NILP (tem))
|
|
2277 window = tem;
|
|
2278 }
|
|
2279 }
|
|
2280 /* Which windows are acceptable?
|
|
2281 Exit the loop and accept this window if
|
|
2282 this isn't a minibuffer window,
|
|
2283 or we're accepting all minibuffer windows,
|
|
2284 or this is the active minibuffer and we are accepting that one, or
|
|
2285 we've come all the way around and we're back at the original window. */
|
|
2286 while (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window))
|
|
2287 && ! EQ (minibuf, Qt)
|
|
2288 && ! EQ (minibuf, window)
|
|
2289 && ! EQ (window, start_window));
|
|
2290
|
|
2291 return window;
|
|
2292 }
|
|
2293
|
|
2294 DEFUN ("next-vertical-window", Fnext_vertical_window, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
2295 Return the next window which is vertically after WINDOW.
|
|
2296 */
|
|
2297 (window))
|
|
2298 {
|
|
2299 Lisp_Object root;
|
|
2300 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
2301 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
2302
|
|
2303 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window)))
|
|
2304 return Qnil;
|
|
2305
|
|
2306 root = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
|
|
2307
|
|
2308 if (EQ (window, root))
|
|
2309 {
|
|
2310 while (1)
|
|
2311 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->hchild))
|
|
2312 window = XWINDOW (window)->hchild;
|
|
2313 else if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->vchild))
|
|
2314 window = XWINDOW (window)->vchild;
|
|
2315 else
|
|
2316 return window;
|
|
2317 }
|
|
2318
|
|
2319 do
|
|
2320 {
|
|
2321 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) &&
|
|
2322 !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->vchild))
|
|
2323 {
|
|
2324 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->next))
|
|
2325 return XWINDOW (window)->next;
|
|
2326 else
|
|
2327 window = XWINDOW (window)->parent;
|
|
2328 }
|
|
2329 else
|
|
2330 window = XWINDOW (window)->parent;
|
|
2331 }
|
|
2332 while (!EQ (window, root));
|
|
2333
|
|
2334 while (1)
|
|
2335 if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->hchild))
|
|
2336 window = XWINDOW (window)->hchild;
|
|
2337 else if (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->vchild))
|
|
2338 window = XWINDOW (window)->vchild;
|
|
2339 else
|
|
2340 return window;
|
|
2341 }
|
|
2342
|
|
2343 DEFUN ("other-window", Fother_window, 1, 3, "p", /*
|
|
2344 Select the N'th different window on this frame.
|
|
2345 All windows on current frame are arranged in a cyclic order.
|
|
2346 This command selects the window N steps away in that order.
|
|
2347 A negative N moves in the opposite order.
|
|
2348
|
|
2349 If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames.
|
|
2350 If FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
2351 If FRAME is t, search all frames.
|
|
2352 If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame.
|
|
2353 If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame.
|
|
2354
|
|
2355 Optional third argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2356 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2357 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2358 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2359 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2360 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2361 on FRAME'S console, or on the selected console if FRAME is not a frame.
|
|
2362 Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2363 */
|
|
2364 (n, frame, console))
|
|
2365 {
|
|
2366 int i;
|
|
2367 Lisp_Object w;
|
|
2368
|
|
2369 CHECK_INT (n);
|
|
2370 w = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
2371 i = XINT (n);
|
|
2372
|
|
2373 while (i > 0)
|
|
2374 {
|
|
2375 w = Fnext_window (w, Qnil, frame, console);
|
|
2376 i--;
|
|
2377 }
|
|
2378 while (i < 0)
|
|
2379 {
|
|
2380 w = Fprevious_window (w, Qnil, frame, console);
|
|
2381 i++;
|
|
2382 }
|
|
2383 Fselect_window (w, Qnil);
|
|
2384 return Qnil;
|
|
2385 }
|
|
2386
|
|
2387
|
|
2388 /* Look at all windows, performing an operation specified by TYPE
|
|
2389 with argument OBJ.
|
|
2390
|
|
2391 If FRAMES is Qt, look at all frames, if Qnil, look at just the selected
|
|
2392 frame. If FRAMES is a frame, just look at windows on that frame.
|
|
2393 If MINI is non-zero, perform the operation on minibuffer windows too.
|
|
2394 */
|
|
2395
|
|
2396 enum window_loop
|
|
2397 {
|
|
2398 WINDOW_LOOP_UNUSED,
|
|
2399 GET_BUFFER_WINDOW, /* Arg is buffer */
|
|
2400 GET_LRU_WINDOW, /* Arg is t for full-width windows only */
|
|
2401 DELETE_OTHER_WINDOWS, /* Arg is window not to delete */
|
|
2402 DELETE_BUFFER_WINDOWS, /* Arg is buffer */
|
|
2403 GET_LARGEST_WINDOW,
|
|
2404 UNSHOW_BUFFER, /* Arg is buffer */
|
|
2405 GET_BUFFER_WINDOW_COUNT, /* Arg is buffer */
|
|
2406 GET_BUFFER_MRU_WINDOW /* Arg is buffer */
|
|
2407 };
|
|
2408
|
|
2409 static Lisp_Object
|
|
2410 window_loop (enum window_loop type,
|
|
2411 Lisp_Object obj,
|
|
2412 int mini,
|
|
2413 Lisp_Object frames,
|
|
2414 int dedicated_too,
|
|
2415 Lisp_Object console)
|
|
2416 {
|
|
2417 /* This function can GC if type == DELETE_BUFFER_WINDOWS or UNSHOW_BUFFER */
|
|
2418 Lisp_Object w;
|
|
2419 Lisp_Object best_window = Qnil;
|
|
2420 Lisp_Object next_window;
|
|
2421 Lisp_Object last_window;
|
|
2422 struct frame *frame;
|
|
2423 Lisp_Object frame_arg = Qt;
|
|
2424 int count = 0; /* for GET_BUFFER_WINDOW_COUNT */
|
|
2425 /* #### I think the change of "precomputing" last_window and next_window
|
|
2426 * #### catch the lossage this is meant(?) to punt on...
|
|
2427 */
|
|
2428 int lose_lose = 0;
|
|
2429 Lisp_Object devcons, concons;
|
|
2430
|
|
2431 /* FRAME_ARG is Qlambda to stick to one frame,
|
|
2432 Qvisible to consider all visible frames,
|
|
2433 or Qt otherwise. */
|
|
2434
|
|
2435 /* If we're only looping through windows on a particular frame,
|
|
2436 FRAME points to that frame. If we're looping through windows
|
|
2437 on all frames, FRAME is 0. */
|
|
2438
|
|
2439 if (FRAMEP (frames))
|
|
2440 frame = XFRAME (frames);
|
|
2441 else if (NILP (frames))
|
|
2442 frame = selected_frame ();
|
|
2443 else
|
|
2444 frame = 0;
|
|
2445 if (frame)
|
|
2446 frame_arg = Qlambda;
|
|
2447 else if (ZEROP (frames))
|
|
2448 frame_arg = frames;
|
|
2449 else if (EQ (frames, Qvisible))
|
|
2450 frame_arg = frames;
|
|
2451
|
|
2452 DEVICE_LOOP_NO_BREAK (devcons, concons)
|
|
2453 {
|
|
2454 Lisp_Object device = XCAR (devcons);
|
|
2455 Lisp_Object the_frame;
|
|
2456
|
|
2457 if (frame)
|
|
2458 XSETFRAME (the_frame, frame);
|
|
2459 else
|
|
2460 the_frame = DEVICE_SELECTED_FRAME (XDEVICE (device));
|
|
2461
|
|
2462 if (NILP (the_frame))
|
|
2463 continue;
|
|
2464
|
|
2465 if (!device_matches_console_spec (the_frame, device, console))
|
|
2466 continue;
|
|
2467
|
|
2468 /* Pick a window to start with. */
|
|
2469 if (WINDOWP (obj))
|
|
2470 w = obj;
|
|
2471 else
|
|
2472 w = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (XFRAME (the_frame));
|
|
2473
|
|
2474 /* Figure out the last window we're going to mess with. Since
|
|
2475 Fnext_window, given the same options, is guaranteed to go in a
|
|
2476 ring, we can just use Fprevious_window to find the last one.
|
|
2477
|
|
2478 We can't just wait until we hit the first window again,
|
|
2479 because it might be deleted. */
|
|
2480
|
|
2481 last_window = Fprevious_window (w, mini ? Qt : Qnil, frame_arg, Qt);
|
|
2482
|
|
2483 best_window = Qnil;
|
|
2484 for (;;)
|
|
2485 {
|
|
2486 struct window *p = XWINDOW (w);
|
|
2487 struct frame *w_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (p));
|
|
2488
|
|
2489 /* Pick the next window now, since some operations will delete
|
|
2490 the current window. */
|
|
2491 next_window = Fnext_window (w, mini ? Qt : Qnil, frame_arg, Qt);
|
|
2492
|
|
2493 /* #### Still needed ?? */
|
|
2494 /* Given the outstanding quality of the rest of this code,
|
|
2495 I feel no shame about putting this piece of shit in. */
|
|
2496 if (++lose_lose >= 500)
|
|
2497 return Qnil;
|
|
2498
|
|
2499 /* Note that we do not pay attention here to whether
|
|
2500 the frame is visible, since Fnext_window skips non-visible frames
|
|
2501 if that is desired, under the control of frame_arg. */
|
|
2502 if (! MINI_WINDOW_P (p)
|
|
2503 || (mini && minibuf_level > 0))
|
|
2504 switch (type)
|
|
2505 {
|
|
2506 case GET_BUFFER_WINDOW:
|
|
2507 {
|
|
2508 if (XBUFFER (p->buffer) == XBUFFER (obj))
|
|
2509 return w;
|
|
2510 break;
|
|
2511 }
|
|
2512
|
|
2513 case GET_BUFFER_WINDOW_COUNT:
|
|
2514 {
|
|
2515 if (XBUFFER (p->buffer) == XBUFFER (obj))
|
|
2516 count++;
|
|
2517 break;
|
|
2518 }
|
|
2519
|
|
2520 case GET_LRU_WINDOW:
|
|
2521 {
|
|
2522 /* t as arg means consider only full-width windows */
|
|
2523 if (!NILP (obj)
|
|
2524 && !window_full_width_p (p))
|
|
2525 break;
|
|
2526 /* Ignore dedicated windows and minibuffers. */
|
|
2527 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (p)
|
|
2528 || (dedicated_too ? 0 : !NILP (p->dedicated)))
|
|
2529 break;
|
|
2530 if (NILP (best_window)
|
|
2531 || (XINT (XWINDOW (best_window)->use_time)
|
|
2532 > XINT (p->use_time)))
|
|
2533 best_window = w;
|
|
2534 break;
|
|
2535 }
|
|
2536
|
|
2537 case GET_BUFFER_MRU_WINDOW:
|
|
2538 {
|
|
2539 /* #### what about the first check in GET_LRU_WINDOW? */
|
|
2540 /* Ignore dedicated windows and minibuffers. */
|
|
2541 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (p)
|
|
2542 || (dedicated_too ? 0 : !NILP (p->dedicated)))
|
|
2543 break;
|
|
2544
|
|
2545 if (XBUFFER (p->buffer) == XBUFFER (obj))
|
|
2546 {
|
|
2547 if (NILP (best_window)
|
|
2548 || (XINT (XWINDOW (best_window)->use_time)
|
|
2549 < XINT (p->use_time)))
|
|
2550 best_window = w;
|
|
2551 }
|
|
2552 break;
|
|
2553 }
|
|
2554
|
|
2555 case DELETE_OTHER_WINDOWS:
|
|
2556 {
|
|
2557 /* Don't delete the last window on a frame; this can
|
|
2558 happen when the minibuffer is selected, and would
|
|
2559 cause the frame to be deleted. */
|
|
2560 if (p != XWINDOW (obj) && !TOP_LEVEL_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (w)))
|
|
2561 Fdelete_window (w, Qnil);
|
|
2562 break;
|
|
2563 }
|
|
2564
|
|
2565 case DELETE_BUFFER_WINDOWS:
|
|
2566 {
|
|
2567 if (EQ (p->buffer, obj))
|
|
2568 {
|
|
2569 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (p));
|
|
2570
|
|
2571 /* If this window is dedicated, and in a frame
|
|
2572 of its own, kill the frame. */
|
|
2573 if (EQ (w, FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))
|
|
2574 && !NILP (p->dedicated)
|
|
2575 && other_visible_frames (f))
|
|
2576 {
|
|
2577 /* Skip the other windows on this frame.
|
|
2578 There might be one, the minibuffer! */
|
|
2579 if (! EQ (w, last_window))
|
|
2580 while (f == XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME
|
|
2581 (XWINDOW (next_window))))
|
|
2582 {
|
|
2583 /* As we go, check for the end of the
|
|
2584 loop. We mustn't start going
|
|
2585 around a second time. */
|
|
2586 if (EQ (next_window, last_window))
|
|
2587 {
|
|
2588 last_window = w;
|
|
2589 break;
|
|
2590 }
|
|
2591 next_window = Fnext_window (next_window,
|
|
2592 mini ? Qt : Qnil,
|
|
2593 frame_arg, Qt);
|
|
2594 }
|
|
2595 /* Now we can safely delete the frame. */
|
|
2596 Fdelete_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (p), Qnil);
|
|
2597 }
|
|
2598 else
|
|
2599 /* If we're deleting the buffer displayed in
|
|
2600 the only window on the frame, find a new
|
|
2601 buffer to display there. */
|
|
2602 if (NILP (p->parent))
|
|
2603 {
|
|
2604 Lisp_Object new_buffer;
|
|
2605 new_buffer = Fother_buffer (obj, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
2606 if (NILP (new_buffer))
|
|
2607 new_buffer = Fget_buffer_create (QSscratch);
|
|
2608 Fset_window_buffer (w, new_buffer);
|
|
2609 if (EQ (w, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
2610 Fset_buffer (p->buffer);
|
|
2611 }
|
|
2612 else
|
|
2613 Fdelete_window (w, Qnil);
|
|
2614 }
|
|
2615 break;
|
|
2616 }
|
|
2617
|
|
2618 case GET_LARGEST_WINDOW:
|
|
2619 {
|
|
2620 /* Ignore dedicated windows and minibuffers. */
|
|
2621 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (p)
|
|
2622 || (dedicated_too ? 0 : !NILP (p->dedicated)))
|
|
2623 break;
|
|
2624 {
|
|
2625 /* write the check as follows to avoid tripping
|
|
2626 error_check_window() --ben */
|
|
2627 struct window *b = NILP (best_window) ? 0 :
|
|
2628 XWINDOW (best_window);
|
|
2629 if (NILP (best_window)
|
|
2630 || ((WINDOW_HEIGHT (p) * WINDOW_WIDTH (p))
|
|
2631 > (WINDOW_HEIGHT (b) * WINDOW_WIDTH (b))))
|
|
2632 best_window = w;
|
|
2633 }
|
|
2634 break;
|
|
2635 }
|
|
2636
|
|
2637 case UNSHOW_BUFFER:
|
|
2638 {
|
|
2639 if (EQ (p->buffer, obj))
|
|
2640 {
|
|
2641 /* Find another buffer to show in this window. */
|
|
2642 Lisp_Object another_buffer =
|
|
2643 Fother_buffer (obj, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
2644 if (NILP (another_buffer))
|
|
2645 another_buffer
|
|
2646 = Fget_buffer_create (QSscratch);
|
|
2647 /* If this window is dedicated, and in a frame
|
|
2648 of its own, kill the frame. */
|
|
2649 if (EQ (w, FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (w_frame))
|
|
2650 && !NILP (p->dedicated)
|
|
2651 && other_visible_frames (w_frame))
|
|
2652 {
|
|
2653 /* Skip the other windows on this frame.
|
|
2654 There might be one, the minibuffer! */
|
|
2655 if (! EQ (w, last_window))
|
|
2656 while (w_frame == XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME
|
|
2657 (XWINDOW (next_window))))
|
|
2658 {
|
|
2659 /* As we go, check for the end of the
|
|
2660 loop. We mustn't start going
|
|
2661 around a second time. */
|
|
2662 if (EQ (next_window, last_window))
|
|
2663 {
|
|
2664 last_window = w;
|
|
2665 break;
|
|
2666 }
|
|
2667 next_window = Fnext_window (next_window,
|
|
2668 mini ? Qt : Qnil,
|
|
2669 frame_arg, Qt);
|
|
2670 }
|
|
2671 /* Now we can safely delete the frame. */
|
|
2672 delete_frame_internal (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (p)),
|
|
2673 0, 0, 0);
|
|
2674 }
|
|
2675 else
|
|
2676 {
|
|
2677 /* Otherwise show a different buffer in the
|
|
2678 window. */
|
|
2679 p->dedicated = Qnil;
|
|
2680 Fset_window_buffer (w, another_buffer);
|
|
2681 if (EQ (w, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
2682 Fset_buffer (p->buffer);
|
|
2683 }
|
|
2684 }
|
|
2685 break;
|
|
2686 }
|
|
2687
|
|
2688 default:
|
|
2689 abort ();
|
|
2690 }
|
|
2691
|
|
2692 if (EQ (w, last_window))
|
|
2693 break;
|
|
2694
|
|
2695 w = next_window;
|
|
2696 }
|
|
2697 }
|
|
2698
|
|
2699 return type == GET_BUFFER_WINDOW_COUNT ? make_int (count) : best_window;
|
|
2700 }
|
|
2701
|
|
2702 #if 0 /* not currently used */
|
|
2703
|
|
2704 int
|
|
2705 buffer_window_count (struct buffer *b, struct frame *f)
|
|
2706 {
|
|
2707 Lisp_Object buffer, frame;
|
|
2708
|
|
2709 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
|
|
2710 XSETBUFFER (buffer, b);
|
|
2711
|
|
2712 return XINT (window_loop (GET_BUFFER_WINDOW_COUNT, buffer, 0, frame, 1,
|
|
2713 Qnil));
|
|
2714 }
|
|
2715
|
|
2716 int
|
|
2717 buffer_window_mru (struct window *w)
|
|
2718 {
|
|
2719 Lisp_Object window =
|
|
2720 window_loop (GET_BUFFER_MRU_WINDOW, w->buffer, 0, w->frame, 1, Qnil);
|
|
2721
|
|
2722 if (NILP (window))
|
|
2723 return 0;
|
|
2724 else if (XWINDOW (window) == w)
|
|
2725 return 1;
|
|
2726 else
|
|
2727 return 0;
|
|
2728 }
|
|
2729
|
|
2730 #endif
|
|
2731
|
|
2732
|
|
2733 DEFUN ("get-lru-window", Fget_lru_window, 0, 2, 0, /*
|
|
2734 Return the window least recently selected or used for display.
|
|
2735 If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames.
|
|
2736 If FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
2737 If FRAME is t, search all frames.
|
|
2738 If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame.
|
|
2739 If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame.
|
|
2740
|
|
2741 Optional second argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2742 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2743 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2744 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2745 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2746 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2747 on FRAME'S console, or on the selected console if FRAME is not a frame.
|
|
2748 Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2749 */
|
|
2750 (frame, console))
|
|
2751 {
|
|
2752 Lisp_Object w;
|
|
2753 /* First try for a non-dedicated window that is full-width */
|
|
2754 w = window_loop (GET_LRU_WINDOW, Qt, 0, frame, 0, console);
|
|
2755 if (!NILP (w) && !EQ (w, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
2756 return w;
|
|
2757
|
|
2758 /* Then try for any non-dedicated window */
|
|
2759 w = window_loop (GET_LRU_WINDOW, Qnil, 0, frame, 0, console);
|
|
2760 if (!NILP (w) && !EQ (w, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
2761 return w;
|
|
2762
|
|
2763 #if 0
|
|
2764 /* FSFmacs never returns a dedicated window here. If we do,
|
|
2765 it makes `display-buffer' not work right. #### All of this
|
|
2766 shit is so disgusting and awful that it needs to be rethought
|
|
2767 from scratch. */
|
|
2768 /* then try for a dedicated window that is full-width */
|
|
2769 w = window_loop (GET_LRU_WINDOW, Qt, 0, frame, 1, console);
|
|
2770 if (!NILP (w) && !EQ (w, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
2771 return w;
|
|
2772
|
|
2773 /* If none of them, then all windows, dedicated or not. */
|
|
2774 w = window_loop (GET_LRU_WINDOW, Qnil, 0, frame, 1, console);
|
|
2775
|
|
2776 /* At this point we damn well better have found something. */
|
|
2777 if (NILP (w)) abort ();
|
|
2778 #endif
|
|
2779
|
|
2780 return w;
|
|
2781 }
|
|
2782
|
|
2783 DEFUN ("get-largest-window", Fget_largest_window, 0, 2, 0, /*
|
|
2784 Return the window largest in area.
|
|
2785 If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames.
|
|
2786 If FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
2787 If FRAME is t, search all frames.
|
|
2788 If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame.
|
|
2789 If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame.
|
|
2790
|
|
2791 Optional second argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2792 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2793 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2794 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2795 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2796 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2797 on FRAME'S console, or on the selected console if FRAME is not a frame.
|
|
2798 Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2799 */
|
|
2800 (frame, console))
|
|
2801 {
|
|
2802 /* Don't search dedicated windows because FSFmacs doesn't.
|
|
2803 This stuff is all black magic so don't try to apply common
|
|
2804 sense to it. */
|
|
2805 return window_loop (GET_LARGEST_WINDOW, Qnil, 0, frame, 0, console);
|
|
2806 }
|
|
2807
|
|
2808 DEFUN ("get-buffer-window", Fget_buffer_window, 1, 3, 0, /*
|
|
2809 Return a window currently displaying BUFFER, or nil if none.
|
|
2810 If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames.
|
|
2811 If optional argument FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames.
|
|
2812 If FRAME is t, search all frames.
|
|
2813 If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame.
|
|
2814 If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame.
|
|
2815
|
|
2816 Optional third argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2817 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2818 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2819 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2820 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2821 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2822 on FRAME'S console, or on the selected console if FRAME is not a frame.
|
|
2823 Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2824 */
|
|
2825 (buffer, frame, console))
|
|
2826 {
|
|
2827 buffer = Fget_buffer (buffer);
|
|
2828 if (BUFFERP (buffer))
|
|
2829 /* Search dedicated windows too. (Doesn't matter here anyway.) */
|
|
2830 return window_loop (GET_BUFFER_WINDOW, buffer, 1, frame, 1, console);
|
|
2831 else
|
|
2832 return Qnil;
|
|
2833 }
|
|
2834
|
|
2835 /* These functions used to be `buffer-left-margin-pixel-width', etc.
|
|
2836 but there is no sensible way to implement those functions, since
|
|
2837 you can't in general derive a window from a buffer. */
|
|
2838
|
|
2839 DEFUN ("window-left-margin-pixel-width", Fwindow_left_margin_pixel_width,
|
|
2840 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
2841 Return the width in pixels of the left outside margin of window WINDOW.
|
|
2842 If WINDOW is nil, the selected window is assumed.
|
|
2843 */
|
|
2844 (window))
|
|
2845 {
|
|
2846 return make_int (window_left_margin_width (decode_window (window)));
|
|
2847 }
|
|
2848
|
|
2849 DEFUN ("window-right-margin-pixel-width", Fwindow_right_margin_pixel_width,
|
|
2850 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
2851 Return the width in pixels of the right outside margin of window WINDOW.
|
|
2852 If WINDOW is nil, the selected window is assumed.
|
|
2853 */
|
|
2854 (window))
|
|
2855 {
|
|
2856 return make_int (window_right_margin_width (decode_window (window)));
|
|
2857 }
|
|
2858
|
|
2859 DEFUN ("delete-other-windows", Fdelete_other_windows, 0, 1, "", /*
|
|
2860 Make WINDOW (or the selected window) fill its frame.
|
|
2861 Only the frame WINDOW is on is affected.
|
|
2862 This function tries to reduce display jumps
|
|
2863 by keeping the text previously visible in WINDOW
|
|
2864 in the same place on the frame. Doing this depends on
|
|
2865 the value of (window-start WINDOW), so if calling this function
|
|
2866 in a program gives strange scrolling, make sure the window-start
|
|
2867 value is reasonable when this function is called.
|
|
2868 */
|
|
2869 (window))
|
|
2870 {
|
|
2871 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
2872 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
2873 Bufpos start_pos;
|
|
2874 int old_top = WINDOW_TOP (w);
|
|
2875
|
|
2876 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
2877
|
|
2878 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && old_top > 0)
|
|
2879 error ("Can't expand minibuffer to full frame");
|
|
2880
|
|
2881 /* Ignore dedicated windows. */
|
|
2882 window_loop (DELETE_OTHER_WINDOWS, window, 0, w->frame, 0, Qnil);
|
|
2883
|
|
2884 start_pos = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
2885
|
|
2886 /* Try to minimize scrolling, by setting the window start to the
|
|
2887 point which will cause the text at the old window start to be at
|
|
2888 the same place on the frame. But don't try to do this if the
|
|
2889 window start is outside the visible portion (as might happen when
|
|
2890 the display is not current, due to typeahead). */
|
|
2891 if (start_pos >= BUF_BEGV (b) && start_pos <= BUF_ZV (b)
|
|
2892 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
|
|
2893 {
|
|
2894 Bufpos new_start = start_with_line_at_pixpos (w, start_pos, old_top);
|
|
2895
|
|
2896 if (new_start >= BUF_BEGV (b) && new_start <= BUF_ZV (b))
|
|
2897 {
|
|
2898 Fset_marker (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (new_start),
|
|
2899 w->buffer);
|
|
2900 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, new_start);
|
|
2901 }
|
|
2902 /* We need to do this, so that the window-scroll-functions
|
|
2903 get called. */
|
|
2904 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
2905 }
|
|
2906
|
|
2907 return Qnil;
|
|
2908 }
|
|
2909
|
|
2910 DEFUN ("delete-windows-on", Fdelete_windows_on, 1, 3,
|
|
2911 "bDelete windows on (buffer): ", /*
|
|
2912 Delete all windows showing BUFFER.
|
|
2913 Optional second argument FRAME controls which frames are affected.
|
|
2914 If nil or omitted, delete all windows showing BUFFER in any frame.
|
|
2915 If t, delete only windows showing BUFFER in the selected frame.
|
|
2916 If `visible', delete all windows showing BUFFER in any visible frame.
|
|
2917 If a frame, delete only windows showing BUFFER in that frame.
|
|
2918
|
|
2919 Optional third argument CONSOLE controls which consoles or devices the
|
|
2920 returned window may be on. If CONSOLE is a console, return windows only
|
|
2921 on that console. If CONSOLE is a device, return windows only on that
|
|
2922 device. If CONSOLE is a console type, return windows only on consoles
|
|
2923 of that type. If CONSOLE is 'window-system, return any windows on any
|
|
2924 window-system consoles. If CONSOLE is nil or omitted, return windows only
|
|
2925 on FRAME'S console, or on the selected console if FRAME is not a frame.
|
|
2926 Otherwise, all windows are considered.
|
|
2927 */
|
|
2928 (buffer, frame, console))
|
|
2929 {
|
|
2930 /* This function can GC */
|
|
2931 /* FRAME uses t and nil to mean the opposite of what window_loop
|
|
2932 expects. */
|
|
2933 if (!FRAMEP (frame))
|
|
2934 frame = NILP (frame) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
2935
|
|
2936 if (!NILP (buffer))
|
|
2937 {
|
|
2938 buffer = Fget_buffer (buffer);
|
|
2939 CHECK_BUFFER (buffer);
|
|
2940 /* Ignore dedicated windows. */
|
|
2941 window_loop (DELETE_BUFFER_WINDOWS, buffer, 0, frame, 0, console);
|
|
2942 }
|
|
2943 return Qnil;
|
|
2944 }
|
|
2945
|
|
2946 DEFUN ("replace-buffer-in-windows", Freplace_buffer_in_windows, 1, 1,
|
|
2947 "bReplace buffer in windows: ", /*
|
|
2948 Replace BUFFER with some other buffer in all windows showing it.
|
|
2949 */
|
|
2950 (buffer))
|
|
2951 {
|
|
2952 /* This function can GC */
|
|
2953 if (!NILP (buffer))
|
|
2954 {
|
|
2955 buffer = Fget_buffer (buffer);
|
|
2956 CHECK_BUFFER (buffer);
|
|
2957 /* Ignore dedicated windows. */
|
|
2958 window_loop (UNSHOW_BUFFER, buffer, 0, Qt, 0, Qnil);
|
|
2959 }
|
|
2960 return Qnil;
|
|
2961 }
|
|
2962
|
|
2963 /* The smallest acceptable dimensions for a window. Anything smaller
|
|
2964 might crash Emacs. */
|
|
2965 #define MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_WIDTH (2)
|
|
2966 #define MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_HEIGHT (2)
|
|
2967
|
|
2968 /* Make sure that window_min_height and window_min_width are
|
|
2969 not too small; if they are, set them to safe minima. */
|
|
2970
|
|
2971 static void
|
|
2972 check_min_window_sizes (void)
|
|
2973 {
|
|
2974 /* Smaller values might permit a crash. */
|
|
2975 if (window_min_width < MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_WIDTH)
|
|
2976 window_min_width = MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_WIDTH;
|
|
2977 if (window_min_height < MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_HEIGHT)
|
|
2978 window_min_height = MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_HEIGHT;
|
|
2979 }
|
|
2980
|
|
2981 /* If *ROWS or *COLS are too small a size for FRAME, set them to the
|
|
2982 minimum allowable size. */
|
|
2983 void
|
|
2984 check_frame_size (struct frame *frame, int *rows, int *cols)
|
|
2985 {
|
|
2986 /* For height, we have to see whether the frame has a minibuffer, and
|
|
2987 whether it wants a modeline. */
|
|
2988 int min_height =
|
|
2989 (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (frame) ? MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_HEIGHT - 1
|
|
2990 : (! FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (frame)) ? MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_HEIGHT
|
|
2991 : 2 * MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_HEIGHT - 1);
|
|
2992
|
|
2993 if (*rows < min_height)
|
|
2994 *rows = min_height;
|
|
2995 if (*cols < MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_WIDTH)
|
|
2996 *cols = MIN_SAFE_WINDOW_WIDTH;
|
|
2997 }
|
|
2998
|
|
2999 /* Normally the window is deleted if it gets too small.
|
|
3000 nodelete nonzero means do not do this.
|
|
3001 (The caller should check later and do so if appropriate) */
|
|
3002 static void
|
|
3003 set_window_pixsize (Lisp_Object window, int new_pixsize, int nodelete,
|
|
3004 int set_height)
|
|
3005 {
|
|
3006 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3007 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
|
|
3008 struct window *c;
|
|
3009 int old_pixsize = (set_height ? WINDOW_HEIGHT (w) : WINDOW_WIDTH (w));
|
|
3010 Lisp_Object child, minor_kid, major_kid;
|
|
3011 int minsize;
|
|
3012 int line_size;
|
|
3013 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3014
|
|
3015 /* #### This is very likely incorrect and instead the char_to_pixel_
|
|
3016 functions should be called. */
|
|
3017 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3018 line_size = (set_height ? defheight : defwidth);
|
|
3019
|
|
3020 check_min_window_sizes ();
|
|
3021
|
|
3022 minsize = (set_height ? window_min_height : window_min_width);
|
|
3023 minsize *= line_size;
|
|
3024
|
|
3025 if (!nodelete
|
|
3026 && !TOP_LEVEL_WINDOW_P (w)
|
|
3027 && new_pixsize < minsize)
|
|
3028 {
|
|
3029 Fdelete_window (window, Qnil);
|
|
3030 return;
|
|
3031 }
|
|
3032
|
|
3033 SET_LAST_MODIFIED (w, 0);
|
|
3034 SET_LAST_FACECHANGE (w);
|
|
3035 MARK_FRAME_WINDOWS_STRUCTURE_CHANGED (f); /* multiple windows affected */
|
|
3036 if (set_height)
|
|
3037 {
|
|
3038 WINDOW_HEIGHT (w) = new_pixsize;
|
|
3039 major_kid = w->vchild;
|
|
3040 minor_kid = w->hchild;
|
|
3041 }
|
|
3042 else
|
|
3043 {
|
|
3044 WINDOW_WIDTH (w) = new_pixsize;
|
|
3045 major_kid = w->hchild;
|
|
3046 minor_kid = w->vchild;
|
|
3047 }
|
|
3048
|
|
3049 if (!NILP (minor_kid))
|
|
3050 {
|
|
3051 for (child = minor_kid; !NILP (child); child = XWINDOW (child)->next)
|
|
3052 {
|
|
3053 if (set_height)
|
|
3054 WINDOW_TOP (XWINDOW (child)) = WINDOW_TOP (w);
|
|
3055 else
|
|
3056 WINDOW_LEFT (XWINDOW (child)) = WINDOW_LEFT (w);
|
|
3057
|
|
3058 set_window_pixsize (child, new_pixsize, nodelete, set_height);
|
|
3059 }
|
|
3060 }
|
|
3061 else if (!NILP (major_kid))
|
|
3062 {
|
|
3063 int last_pos, last_old_pos, pos, old_pos, first;
|
|
3064 int pixel_adj_left = new_pixsize - old_pixsize;
|
|
3065 int div_val = old_pixsize << 1;
|
|
3066
|
|
3067 /*
|
|
3068 * Previously we bailed out here if there was no size change.
|
|
3069 * (pixel_adj_left == 0) But this broke toolbar updates. If a
|
|
3070 * toolbar appears or disappears, windows may not change size,
|
|
3071 * but their top and left coordinates need to be updated.
|
|
3072 *
|
|
3073 * So we don't bail until after the loop below.
|
|
3074 */
|
|
3075
|
|
3076 last_pos = first = (set_height ? WINDOW_TOP (w) : WINDOW_LEFT (w));
|
|
3077 last_old_pos = 0;
|
|
3078
|
|
3079 for (child = major_kid; !NILP (child); child = c->next)
|
|
3080 {
|
|
3081 c = XWINDOW (child);
|
|
3082
|
|
3083 if (set_height)
|
|
3084 {
|
|
3085 old_pos = last_old_pos + WINDOW_HEIGHT (c);
|
|
3086 WINDOW_TOP (c) = last_pos;
|
|
3087 }
|
|
3088 else
|
|
3089 {
|
|
3090 old_pos = last_old_pos + WINDOW_WIDTH (c);
|
|
3091 WINDOW_LEFT (c) = last_pos;
|
|
3092 }
|
|
3093
|
|
3094 pos = (((old_pos * new_pixsize) << 1) + old_pixsize) / div_val;
|
|
3095 /* All but the last window should have a height which is
|
|
3096 a multiple of the default line height. */
|
|
3097 if (!NILP (c->next))
|
|
3098 pos = (pos / line_size) * line_size;
|
|
3099
|
|
3100 /* Avoid confusion: don't delete child if it becomes too small */
|
|
3101 set_window_pixsize (child, pos + first - last_pos, 1, set_height);
|
|
3102
|
|
3103 last_pos = pos + first;
|
|
3104 last_old_pos = old_pos;
|
|
3105 }
|
|
3106
|
|
3107 /* Sometimes we may get called with our old size. In that case
|
|
3108 we don't need to do anything else. */
|
|
3109 if (!pixel_adj_left)
|
|
3110 return;
|
|
3111
|
|
3112 /* Now delete any children that became too small. */
|
|
3113 if (!nodelete)
|
|
3114 for (child = major_kid; !NILP (child); child = XWINDOW (child)->next)
|
|
3115 {
|
|
3116 if (set_height)
|
|
3117 set_window_pixheight (child, WINDOW_HEIGHT (XWINDOW (child)), 0);
|
|
3118 else
|
|
3119 set_window_pixwidth (child, WINDOW_WIDTH (XWINDOW (child)), 0);
|
|
3120 }
|
|
3121 }
|
|
3122 }
|
|
3123
|
|
3124 /* Set the height of WINDOW and all its inferiors. */
|
|
3125 void
|
|
3126 set_window_pixheight (Lisp_Object window, int new_pixheight, int nodelete)
|
|
3127 {
|
|
3128 set_window_pixsize (window, new_pixheight, nodelete, 1);
|
|
3129 }
|
|
3130
|
|
3131 /* Recursively set width of WINDOW and its inferiors. */
|
|
3132 void
|
|
3133 set_window_pixwidth (Lisp_Object window, int new_pixwidth, int nodelete)
|
|
3134 {
|
|
3135 set_window_pixsize (window, new_pixwidth, nodelete, 0);
|
|
3136 }
|
|
3137
|
|
3138
|
|
3139 static int window_select_count;
|
|
3140
|
|
3141 DEFUN ("set-window-buffer", Fset_window_buffer, 2, 2, 0, /*
|
|
3142 Make WINDOW display BUFFER as its contents.
|
|
3143 BUFFER can be a buffer or buffer name.
|
|
3144 */
|
|
3145 (window, buffer))
|
|
3146 {
|
|
3147 Lisp_Object tem;
|
|
3148 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
3149
|
|
3150 buffer = Fget_buffer (buffer);
|
|
3151 CHECK_BUFFER (buffer);
|
|
3152
|
|
3153 if (!BUFFER_LIVE_P (XBUFFER (buffer)))
|
|
3154 error ("Attempt to display deleted buffer");
|
|
3155
|
|
3156 tem = w->buffer;
|
|
3157 if (NILP (tem))
|
|
3158 error ("Window is deleted");
|
|
3159
|
|
3160 /* While this seems like a logical thing to do, it causes problems
|
|
3161 because of saved window configurations. It is possible for a
|
|
3162 buffer to get restored into a window in which it is already being
|
|
3163 displayed, but start and point are actually at completely
|
|
3164 different locations. So we let this function complete fully and
|
|
3165 it will then make sure redisplay correctly updates things.
|
|
3166
|
|
3167 #### This is a kludge. The correct approach is not to do this
|
|
3168 but to fix set-window-configuration. */
|
|
3169 #if 0
|
|
3170 else if (EQ (tem, buffer))
|
|
3171 return Qnil;
|
|
3172 #endif
|
|
3173 else if (! EQ (tem, Qt)) /* w->buffer is t when the window
|
|
3174 is first being set up. */
|
|
3175 {
|
|
3176 if (!NILP (w->dedicated) && !EQ (tem, buffer))
|
|
3177 error ("Window is dedicated to buffer %s",
|
|
3178 XSTRING_DATA (XBUFFER (tem)->name));
|
|
3179
|
|
3180 unshow_buffer (w);
|
|
3181 }
|
|
3182
|
|
3183 w->buffer = buffer;
|
|
3184 w->window_end_pos[CURRENT_DISP] = 0;
|
|
3185 w->hscroll = 0;
|
|
3186 w->modeline_hscroll = 0;
|
|
3187 Fset_marker (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
3188 make_int (BUF_PT (XBUFFER (buffer))),
|
|
3189 buffer);
|
|
3190 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
3191 make_int (XBUFFER (buffer)->last_window_start),
|
|
3192 buffer);
|
|
3193 Fset_marker (w->sb_point, w->start[CURRENT_DISP], buffer);
|
|
3194 /* set start_at_line_beg correctly. GE */
|
|
3195 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (XBUFFER (buffer),
|
|
3196 marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]));
|
|
3197 w->force_start = 0; /* Lucid fix */
|
|
3198 SET_LAST_MODIFIED (w, 1);
|
|
3199 SET_LAST_FACECHANGE (w);
|
|
3200 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
3201 recompute_all_cached_specifiers_in_window (w);
|
|
3202 if (EQ (window, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
3203 {
|
|
3204 Fset_buffer (buffer);
|
|
3205 }
|
|
3206 return Qnil;
|
|
3207 }
|
|
3208
|
|
3209 DEFUN ("select-window", Fselect_window, 1, 2, 0, /*
|
|
3210 Select WINDOW. Most editing will apply to WINDOW's buffer.
|
|
3211 The main editor command loop selects the buffer of the selected window
|
|
3212 before each command.
|
|
3213
|
|
3214 With non-nil optional argument `norecord', do not modify the
|
|
3215 global or per-frame buffer ordering.
|
|
3216 */
|
|
3217 (window, norecord))
|
|
3218 {
|
|
3219 struct window *w;
|
|
3220 Lisp_Object old_selected_window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
3221
|
|
3222 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
3223 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3224
|
|
3225 /* we have already caught dead-window errors */
|
|
3226 if (!NILP (w->hchild) || !NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
3227 error ("Trying to select non-leaf window");
|
|
3228
|
|
3229 w->use_time = make_int (++window_select_count);
|
|
3230 if (EQ (window, old_selected_window))
|
|
3231 return window;
|
|
3232
|
|
3233 /* deselect the old window, if it exists (it might not exist if
|
|
3234 the selected device has no frames, which occurs at startup) */
|
|
3235 if (!NILP (old_selected_window))
|
|
3236 {
|
|
3237 struct window *ow = XWINDOW (old_selected_window);
|
|
3238
|
|
3239 Fset_marker (ow->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
3240 make_int (BUF_PT (XBUFFER (ow->buffer))),
|
|
3241 ow->buffer);
|
|
3242
|
|
3243 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (ow);
|
|
3244 }
|
|
3245
|
|
3246 /* now select the window's frame */
|
|
3247 set_frame_selected_window (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)), window);
|
|
3248
|
|
3249 select_frame_1 (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
|
3250
|
|
3251 /* also select the window's buffer */
|
|
3252 if (NILP (norecord))
|
|
3253 Frecord_buffer (w->buffer);
|
|
3254 Fset_buffer (w->buffer);
|
|
3255
|
|
3256 /* Go to the point recorded in the window.
|
|
3257 This is important when the buffer is in more
|
|
3258 than one window. It also matters when
|
|
3259 redisplay_window has altered point after scrolling,
|
|
3260 because it makes the change only in the window. */
|
|
3261 {
|
|
3262 Bufpos new_point = marker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
3263 if (new_point < BUF_BEGV (current_buffer))
|
|
3264 new_point = BUF_BEGV (current_buffer);
|
|
3265 else if (new_point > BUF_ZV (current_buffer))
|
|
3266 new_point = BUF_ZV (current_buffer);
|
|
3267
|
|
3268 BUF_SET_PT (current_buffer, new_point);
|
|
3269 }
|
|
3270
|
|
3271 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
3272
|
|
3273 return window;
|
|
3274 }
|
|
3275
|
|
3276 Lisp_Object
|
|
3277 display_buffer (Lisp_Object buffer, Lisp_Object not_this_window_p,
|
|
3278 Lisp_Object override_frame)
|
|
3279 {
|
|
3280 return call3 (Qdisplay_buffer, buffer, not_this_window_p, override_frame);
|
|
3281 }
|
|
3282
|
|
3283 void
|
|
3284 temp_output_buffer_show (Lisp_Object buf, Lisp_Object same_frame)
|
|
3285 {
|
|
3286 /* This function can GC */
|
|
3287 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3288 struct window *w;
|
|
3289 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (buf);
|
|
3290
|
|
3291 BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (buf)) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
|
|
3292 widen_buffer (b, 0);
|
|
3293 BUF_SET_PT (b, BUF_BEG (b));
|
|
3294
|
|
3295 if (!NILP (Vtemp_buffer_show_function))
|
|
3296 call1 (Vtemp_buffer_show_function, buf);
|
|
3297 else
|
|
3298 {
|
|
3299 window = display_buffer (buf, Qnil, same_frame);
|
|
3300
|
|
3301 if (!EQ (XWINDOW (window)->frame, Fselected_frame (Qnil)))
|
|
3302 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window)));
|
|
3303
|
|
3304 Vminibuffer_scroll_window = window;
|
|
3305 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3306 w->hscroll = 0;
|
|
3307 w->modeline_hscroll = 0;
|
|
3308 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (1), buf);
|
|
3309 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (1), buf);
|
|
3310 set_marker_restricted (w->sb_point, make_int (1), buf);
|
|
3311
|
|
3312 /* Run temp-buffer-show-hook, with the chosen window selected. */
|
|
3313 if (!preparing_for_armageddon)
|
|
3314 {
|
|
3315 Lisp_Object tem;
|
|
3316 tem = Fboundp (Qtemp_buffer_show_hook);
|
|
3317 if (!NILP (tem))
|
|
3318 {
|
|
3319 tem = Fsymbol_value (Qtemp_buffer_show_hook);
|
|
3320 if (!NILP (tem))
|
|
3321 {
|
|
3322 int count = specpdl_depth ();
|
|
3323
|
|
3324 /* Select the window that was chosen, for running
|
|
3325 the hook. */
|
|
3326 record_unwind_protect (save_window_excursion_unwind,
|
|
3327 Fcurrent_window_configuration (Qnil));
|
|
3328
|
|
3329 Fselect_window (window, Qnil);
|
|
3330 run_hook (Qtemp_buffer_show_hook);
|
|
3331 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
|
|
3332 }
|
|
3333 }
|
|
3334 }
|
|
3335 }
|
|
3336 }
|
|
3337
|
|
3338 static void
|
|
3339 make_dummy_parent (Lisp_Object window)
|
|
3340 {
|
|
3341 Lisp_Object new;
|
|
3342 struct window *o = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3343 struct window *p = alloc_lcrecord_type (struct window, &lrecord_window);
|
|
3344
|
|
3345 XSETWINDOW (new, p);
|
|
3346 copy_lcrecord (p, o);
|
|
3347
|
|
3348 /* Don't copy the pointers to the line start cache or the face
|
|
3349 instances. */
|
|
3350 p->line_start_cache = Dynarr_new (line_start_cache);
|
|
3351 p->face_cachels = Dynarr_new (face_cachel);
|
|
3352 p->glyph_cachels = Dynarr_new (glyph_cachel);
|
|
3353
|
|
3354 /* Put new into window structure in place of window */
|
|
3355 replace_window (window, new);
|
|
3356
|
|
3357 o->next = Qnil;
|
|
3358 o->prev = Qnil;
|
|
3359 o->vchild = Qnil;
|
|
3360 o->hchild = Qnil;
|
|
3361 o->parent = new;
|
|
3362
|
|
3363 p->start[CURRENT_DISP] = Qnil;
|
|
3364 p->start[DESIRED_DISP] = Qnil;
|
|
3365 p->start[CMOTION_DISP] = Qnil;
|
|
3366 p->pointm[CURRENT_DISP] = Qnil;
|
|
3367 p->pointm[DESIRED_DISP] = Qnil;
|
|
3368 p->pointm[CMOTION_DISP] = Qnil;
|
|
3369 p->sb_point = Qnil;
|
|
3370 p->buffer = Qnil;
|
|
3371 }
|
|
3372
|
|
3373 DEFUN ("split-window", Fsplit_window, 0, 3, "", /*
|
|
3374 Split WINDOW, putting SIZE lines in the first of the pair.
|
|
3375 WINDOW defaults to selected one and SIZE to half its size.
|
|
3376 If optional third arg HOR-FLAG is non-nil, split side by side
|
|
3377 and put SIZE columns in the first of the pair.
|
|
3378 */
|
|
3379 (window, chsize, horflag))
|
|
3380 {
|
|
3381 Lisp_Object new;
|
|
3382 struct window *o, *p;
|
|
3383 struct frame *f;
|
|
3384 int size;
|
|
3385 int psize;
|
|
3386
|
|
3387 if (NILP (window))
|
|
3388 window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
3389 else
|
|
3390 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
3391
|
|
3392 o = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3393 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (o));
|
|
3394
|
|
3395 if (NILP (chsize))
|
|
3396 {
|
|
3397 if (!NILP (horflag))
|
|
3398 /* In the new scheme, we are symmetric with respect to separators
|
|
3399 so there is no need to do weird things here. */
|
|
3400 {
|
|
3401 psize = WINDOW_WIDTH (o) >> 1;
|
|
3402 size = window_pixel_width_to_char_width (o, psize, 0);
|
|
3403 }
|
|
3404 else
|
|
3405 {
|
|
3406 psize = WINDOW_HEIGHT (o) >> 1;
|
|
3407 size = window_pixel_height_to_char_height (o, psize, 1);
|
|
3408 }
|
|
3409 }
|
|
3410 else
|
|
3411 {
|
|
3412 CHECK_INT (chsize);
|
|
3413 size = XINT (chsize);
|
|
3414 if (!NILP (horflag))
|
|
3415 psize = window_char_width_to_pixel_width (o, size, 0);
|
|
3416 else
|
|
3417 psize = window_char_height_to_pixel_height (o, size, 1);
|
|
3418 }
|
|
3419
|
|
3420 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (o))
|
|
3421 error ("Attempt to split minibuffer window");
|
|
3422 else if (FRAME_NO_SPLIT_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (o))))
|
|
3423 error ("Attempt to split unsplittable frame");
|
|
3424
|
|
3425 check_min_window_sizes ();
|
|
3426
|
|
3427 if (NILP (horflag))
|
|
3428 {
|
|
3429 if (size < window_min_height)
|
|
3430 error ("Window height %d too small (after splitting)", size);
|
|
3431 if (size + window_min_height > window_char_height (o, 1))
|
|
3432 error ("Window height %d too small (after splitting)",
|
|
3433 window_char_height (o, 1) - size);
|
|
3434 if (NILP (o->parent)
|
|
3435 || NILP (XWINDOW (o->parent)->vchild))
|
|
3436 {
|
|
3437 make_dummy_parent (window);
|
|
3438 reset_face_cachels (XWINDOW (window));
|
|
3439 new = o->parent;
|
|
3440 XWINDOW (new)->vchild = window;
|
|
3441 XFRAME (o->frame)->mirror_dirty = 1;
|
|
3442 }
|
|
3443 }
|
|
3444 else
|
|
3445 {
|
|
3446 if (size < window_min_width)
|
|
3447 error ("Window width %d too small (after splitting)", size);
|
|
3448 if (size + window_min_width > window_char_width (o, 0))
|
|
3449 error ("Window width %d too small (after splitting)",
|
|
3450 window_char_width (o, 0) - size);
|
|
3451 if (NILP (o->parent)
|
|
3452 || NILP (XWINDOW (o->parent)->hchild))
|
|
3453 {
|
|
3454 make_dummy_parent (window);
|
|
3455 reset_face_cachels (XWINDOW (window));
|
|
3456 new = o->parent;
|
|
3457 XWINDOW (new)->hchild = window;
|
|
3458 XFRAME (o->frame)->mirror_dirty = 1;
|
|
3459 }
|
|
3460 }
|
|
3461
|
|
3462 /* Now we know that window's parent is a vertical combination
|
|
3463 if we are dividing vertically, or a horizontal combination
|
|
3464 if we are making side-by-side windows */
|
|
3465
|
|
3466 MARK_FRAME_WINDOWS_STRUCTURE_CHANGED (f);
|
|
3467 new = allocate_window ();
|
|
3468 p = XWINDOW (new);
|
|
3469
|
|
3470 p->frame = o->frame;
|
|
3471 p->next = o->next;
|
|
3472 if (!NILP (p->next))
|
|
3473 XWINDOW (p->next)->prev = new;
|
|
3474 p->prev = window;
|
|
3475 o->next = new;
|
|
3476 p->parent = o->parent;
|
|
3477 p->buffer = Qt;
|
|
3478
|
|
3479 reset_face_cachels (p);
|
|
3480 reset_glyph_cachels (p);
|
|
3481
|
|
3482
|
|
3483 /* Apportion the available frame space among the two new windows */
|
|
3484
|
|
3485 if (!NILP (horflag))
|
|
3486 {
|
|
3487 WINDOW_HEIGHT (p) = WINDOW_HEIGHT (o);
|
|
3488 WINDOW_TOP (p) = WINDOW_TOP (o);
|
|
3489 WINDOW_WIDTH (p) = WINDOW_WIDTH (o) - psize;
|
|
3490 WINDOW_WIDTH (o) = psize;
|
|
3491 WINDOW_LEFT (p) = WINDOW_LEFT (o) + psize;
|
|
3492 }
|
|
3493 else
|
|
3494 {
|
|
3495 WINDOW_LEFT (p) = WINDOW_LEFT (o);
|
|
3496 WINDOW_WIDTH (p) = WINDOW_WIDTH (o);
|
|
3497 WINDOW_HEIGHT (p) = WINDOW_HEIGHT (o) - psize;
|
|
3498 WINDOW_HEIGHT (o) = psize;
|
|
3499 WINDOW_TOP (p) = WINDOW_TOP (o) + psize;
|
|
3500 }
|
|
3501
|
|
3502 XFRAME (p->frame)->mirror_dirty = 1;
|
|
3503 /* do this last (after the window is completely initialized and
|
|
3504 the mirror-dirty flag is set) so that specifier recomputation
|
|
3505 caused as a result of this will work properly and not abort. */
|
|
3506 Fset_window_buffer (new, o->buffer);
|
|
3507 return new;
|
|
3508 }
|
|
3509
|
|
3510
|
|
3511 DEFUN ("enlarge-window", Fenlarge_window, 1, 3, "_p", /*
|
|
3512 Make the selected window N lines bigger.
|
|
3513 From program, optional second arg SIDE non-nil means grow sideways N columns,
|
|
3514 and optional third arg WINDOW specifies the window to change instead of the
|
|
3515 selected window.
|
|
3516 */
|
|
3517 (n, side, window))
|
|
3518 {
|
|
3519 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
3520 CHECK_INT (n);
|
|
3521 change_window_height (w, XINT (n), !NILP (side), /* inpixels */ 0);
|
|
3522 return Qnil;
|
|
3523 }
|
|
3524
|
|
3525 DEFUN ("enlarge-window-pixels", Fenlarge_window_pixels, 1, 3, "_p", /*
|
|
3526 Make the selected window N pixels bigger.
|
|
3527 From program, optional second arg SIDE non-nil means grow sideways N pixels,
|
|
3528 and optional third arg WINDOW specifies the window to change instead of the
|
|
3529 selected window.
|
|
3530 */
|
|
3531 (n, side, window))
|
|
3532 {
|
|
3533 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
3534 CHECK_INT (n);
|
|
3535 change_window_height (w, XINT (n), !NILP (side), /* inpixels */ 1);
|
|
3536 return Qnil;
|
|
3537 }
|
|
3538
|
|
3539 DEFUN ("shrink-window", Fshrink_window, 1, 3, "_p", /*
|
|
3540 Make the selected window N lines smaller.
|
|
3541 From program, optional second arg SIDE non-nil means shrink sideways N columns,
|
|
3542 and optional third arg WINDOW specifies the window to change instead of the
|
|
3543 selected window.
|
|
3544 */
|
|
3545 (n, side, window))
|
|
3546 {
|
|
3547 CHECK_INT (n);
|
|
3548 change_window_height (decode_window (window), -XINT (n), !NILP (side),
|
|
3549 /* inpixels */ 0);
|
|
3550 return Qnil;
|
|
3551 }
|
|
3552
|
|
3553 DEFUN ("shrink-window-pixels", Fshrink_window_pixels, 1, 3, "_p", /*
|
|
3554 Make the selected window N pixels smaller.
|
|
3555 From program, optional second arg SIDE non-nil means shrink sideways N pixels,
|
|
3556 and optional third arg WINDOW specifies the window to change instead of the
|
|
3557 selected window.
|
|
3558 */
|
|
3559 (n, side, window))
|
|
3560 {
|
|
3561 CHECK_INT (n);
|
|
3562 change_window_height (decode_window (window), -XINT (n), !NILP (side),
|
|
3563 /* inpixels */ 1);
|
|
3564 return Qnil;
|
|
3565 }
|
|
3566
|
|
3567 static int
|
|
3568 window_pixel_height (Lisp_Object window)
|
|
3569 {
|
|
3570 return WINDOW_HEIGHT (XWINDOW (window));
|
|
3571 }
|
|
3572
|
|
3573 static int
|
|
3574 window_pixel_height_to_char_height (struct window *w, int pixel_height,
|
|
3575 int include_gutters_p)
|
|
3576 {
|
|
3577 int avail_height;
|
|
3578 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3579 int char_height;
|
|
3580 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3581
|
|
3582 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
3583
|
|
3584 avail_height = (pixel_height -
|
|
3585 (include_gutters_p ? 0 :
|
|
3586 window_top_gutter_height (w) +
|
|
3587 window_bottom_gutter_height (w)));
|
|
3588
|
|
3589 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3590
|
|
3591 char_height = avail_height / defheight;
|
|
3592
|
|
3593 /* It's the calling function's responsibility to check these values
|
|
3594 and make sure they're not out of range.
|
|
3595
|
|
3596 #### We need to go through the calling functions and actually
|
|
3597 do this. */
|
|
3598 return max (0, char_height);
|
|
3599 }
|
|
3600
|
|
3601 static int
|
|
3602 window_char_height_to_pixel_height (struct window *w, int char_height,
|
|
3603 int include_gutters_p)
|
|
3604 {
|
|
3605 int avail_height;
|
|
3606 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3607 int pixel_height;
|
|
3608
|
|
3609 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3610
|
|
3611 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
3612
|
|
3613 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3614
|
|
3615 avail_height = char_height * defheight;
|
|
3616 pixel_height = (avail_height +
|
|
3617 (include_gutters_p ? 0 :
|
|
3618 window_top_gutter_height (w) +
|
|
3619 window_bottom_gutter_height (w)));
|
|
3620
|
|
3621 /* It's the calling function's responsibility to check these values
|
|
3622 and make sure they're not out of range.
|
|
3623
|
|
3624 #### We need to go through the calling functions and actually
|
|
3625 do this. */
|
|
3626 return max (0, pixel_height);
|
|
3627 }
|
|
3628
|
|
3629 /* Return number of default lines of text can fit in the window W.
|
|
3630 If INCLUDE_GUTTERS_P is 1, include "gutter" space (modeline plus
|
|
3631 horizontal scrollbar) in the space that is used for the calculation.
|
|
3632 */
|
|
3633 int
|
|
3634 window_char_height (struct window *w, int include_gutters_p)
|
|
3635 {
|
|
3636 return window_pixel_height_to_char_height (w, WINDOW_HEIGHT (w),
|
|
3637 include_gutters_p);
|
|
3638 }
|
|
3639
|
|
3640 /*
|
|
3641 * Return number of lines currently displayed in window w. If
|
|
3642 * end-of-buffer is displayed then the area below end-of-buffer is assume
|
|
3643 * to be blank lines of default height.
|
|
3644 * Does not include the modeline.
|
|
3645 */
|
|
3646 int
|
|
3647 window_displayed_height (struct window *w)
|
|
3648 {
|
|
3649 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
3650 display_line_dynarr *dla = window_display_lines (w, CURRENT_DISP);
|
|
3651 int num_lines;
|
|
3652 Charcount end_pos = (BUF_Z (b) - w->window_end_pos[CURRENT_DISP] > BUF_ZV (b)
|
|
3653 ? -1
|
|
3654 : w->window_end_pos[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
3655
|
|
3656 if (!Dynarr_length (dla))
|
|
3657 return window_char_height (w, 0);
|
|
3658
|
|
3659 num_lines = Dynarr_length (dla);
|
|
3660
|
|
3661 /* #### Document and assert somewhere that w->window_end_pos == -1
|
|
3662 indicates that end-of-buffer is being displayed. */
|
|
3663 if (end_pos == -1)
|
|
3664 {
|
|
3665 struct display_line *dl = Dynarr_atp (dla, 0);
|
|
3666 int ypos1 = dl->ypos + dl->descent;
|
|
3667 int ypos2 = WINDOW_TEXT_BOTTOM (w);
|
|
3668 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3669 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3670
|
|
3671 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
3672
|
|
3673 if (dl->modeline)
|
|
3674 {
|
|
3675 num_lines--;
|
|
3676
|
|
3677 if (Dynarr_length (dla) == 1)
|
|
3678 ypos1 = WINDOW_TEXT_TOP (w);
|
|
3679 else
|
|
3680 {
|
|
3681 dl = Dynarr_atp (dla, Dynarr_length (dla) - 1);
|
|
3682 /* If this line is clipped then we know that there is no
|
|
3683 blank room between eob and the modeline. If we are
|
|
3684 scrolling on clipped lines just know off the clipped
|
|
3685 line and return .*/
|
|
3686 if (scroll_on_clipped_lines && dl->clip)
|
|
3687 return num_lines - 1;
|
|
3688 ypos1 = dl->ypos + dl->descent - dl->clip;
|
|
3689 }
|
|
3690 }
|
|
3691
|
|
3692 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3693 /* #### This probably needs to know about the clipping area once a
|
|
3694 final definition is decided on. */
|
|
3695 num_lines += ((ypos2 - ypos1) / defheight);
|
|
3696 }
|
|
3697 else
|
|
3698 {
|
|
3699 if (num_lines > 1 && Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->modeline)
|
|
3700 num_lines--;
|
|
3701
|
|
3702 if (scroll_on_clipped_lines
|
|
3703 && Dynarr_atp (dla, Dynarr_length (dla) - 1)->clip)
|
|
3704 num_lines--;
|
|
3705 }
|
|
3706
|
|
3707 return num_lines;
|
|
3708 }
|
|
3709
|
|
3710 static int
|
|
3711 window_pixel_width (Lisp_Object window)
|
|
3712 {
|
|
3713 return WINDOW_WIDTH (XWINDOW (window));
|
|
3714 }
|
|
3715
|
|
3716 static int
|
|
3717 window_pixel_width_to_char_width (struct window *w, int pixel_width,
|
|
3718 int include_margins_p)
|
|
3719 {
|
|
3720 int avail_width;
|
|
3721 int char_width;
|
|
3722 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3723 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3724
|
|
3725 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
3726
|
|
3727 avail_width = (pixel_width -
|
|
3728 window_left_gutter_width (w, 0) -
|
|
3729 window_right_gutter_width (w, 0) -
|
|
3730 (include_margins_p ? 0 : window_left_margin_width (w)) -
|
|
3731 (include_margins_p ? 0 : window_right_margin_width (w)));
|
|
3732
|
|
3733 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3734
|
|
3735 char_width = (avail_width / defwidth);
|
|
3736
|
|
3737 /* It's the calling function's responsibility to check these values
|
|
3738 and make sure they're not out of range.
|
|
3739
|
|
3740 #### We need to go through the calling functions and actually
|
|
3741 do this. */
|
|
3742 return max (0, char_width);
|
|
3743 }
|
|
3744
|
|
3745 static int
|
|
3746 window_char_width_to_pixel_width (struct window *w, int char_width,
|
|
3747 int include_margins_p)
|
|
3748 {
|
|
3749 int avail_width;
|
|
3750 int pixel_width;
|
|
3751 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3752 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3753
|
|
3754 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
|
|
3755
|
|
3756 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3757
|
|
3758 avail_width = char_width * defwidth;
|
|
3759 pixel_width = (avail_width +
|
|
3760 window_left_gutter_width (w, 0) +
|
|
3761 window_right_gutter_width (w, 0) +
|
|
3762 (include_margins_p ? 0 : window_left_margin_width (w)) +
|
|
3763 (include_margins_p ? 0 : window_right_margin_width (w)));
|
|
3764
|
|
3765 /* It's the calling function's responsibility to check these values
|
|
3766 and make sure they're not out of range.
|
|
3767
|
|
3768 #### We need to go through the calling functions and actually
|
|
3769 do this. */
|
|
3770 return max (0, pixel_width);
|
|
3771 }
|
|
3772
|
|
3773 /* This returns the usable space which doesn't include space needed by
|
|
3774 scrollbars or divider lines. */
|
|
3775 int
|
|
3776 window_char_width (struct window *w, int include_margins_p)
|
|
3777 {
|
|
3778 return window_pixel_width_to_char_width (w, WINDOW_WIDTH (w),
|
|
3779 include_margins_p);
|
|
3780 }
|
|
3781
|
|
3782 #define MINSIZE(w) \
|
|
3783 (widthflag \
|
|
3784 ? window_min_width * defwidth \
|
|
3785 : (defheight * (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (w)) ? 1 : window_min_height)))
|
|
3786
|
|
3787 #define CURBEG(w) \
|
|
3788 *(widthflag ? (int *) &WINDOW_LEFT (w) : (int *) &WINDOW_TOP (w))
|
|
3789
|
|
3790 #define CURSIZE(w) \
|
|
3791 *(widthflag ? (int *) &WINDOW_WIDTH (w) : (int *) &WINDOW_HEIGHT (w))
|
|
3792
|
|
3793 #define CURCHARSIZE(w) \
|
|
3794 (widthflag ? window_char_width (w, 0) : window_char_height (w, 1))
|
|
3795
|
|
3796 #define MINCHARSIZE(window) \
|
|
3797 (widthflag ? window_min_width : MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window)) \
|
|
3798 ? 1 : window_min_height)
|
|
3799
|
|
3800 /* Unlike set_window_pixheight, this function
|
|
3801 also changes the heights of the siblings so as to
|
|
3802 keep everything consistent. */
|
|
3803
|
|
3804 static void
|
|
3805 change_window_height (struct window *win, int delta, int widthflag,
|
|
3806 int inpixels)
|
|
3807 {
|
|
3808 Lisp_Object parent;
|
|
3809 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
3810 struct window *w;
|
|
3811 struct frame *f;
|
|
3812 int *sizep;
|
|
3813 int (*sizefun) (Lisp_Object) = (widthflag
|
|
3814 ? window_pixel_width
|
|
3815 : window_pixel_height);
|
|
3816 void (*setsizefun) (Lisp_Object, int, int) = (widthflag
|
|
3817 ? set_window_pixwidth
|
|
3818 : set_window_pixheight);
|
|
3819 int dim;
|
|
3820 int defheight, defwidth;
|
|
3821
|
|
3822 if (delta == 0)
|
|
3823 return;
|
|
3824
|
|
3825 check_min_window_sizes ();
|
|
3826
|
|
3827 XSETWINDOW (window, win);
|
|
3828 f = XFRAME (win->frame);
|
|
3829 if (EQ (window, FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)))
|
|
3830 error ("Won't change only window");
|
|
3831
|
|
3832 /* #### This is very likely incorrect and instead the char_to_pixel_
|
|
3833 functions should be called. */
|
|
3834 default_face_height_and_width (window, &defheight, &defwidth);
|
|
3835
|
|
3836 while (1)
|
|
3837 {
|
|
3838 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3839 parent = w->parent;
|
|
3840 if (NILP (parent))
|
|
3841 {
|
|
3842 if (widthflag)
|
|
3843 error ("No other window to side of this one");
|
|
3844 break;
|
|
3845 }
|
|
3846 if (widthflag
|
|
3847 ? !NILP (XWINDOW (parent)->hchild)
|
|
3848 : !NILP (XWINDOW (parent)->vchild))
|
|
3849 break;
|
|
3850 window = parent;
|
|
3851 }
|
|
3852
|
|
3853 sizep = &CURSIZE (w);
|
|
3854 dim = CURCHARSIZE (w);
|
|
3855
|
|
3856 if ((inpixels && (*sizep + delta) < MINSIZE (window)) ||
|
|
3857 (!inpixels && (dim + delta) < MINCHARSIZE (window)))
|
|
3858 {
|
|
3859 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window)))
|
|
3860 return;
|
|
3861 else if (!NILP (parent))
|
|
3862 {
|
|
3863 Fdelete_window (window, Qnil);
|
|
3864 return;
|
|
3865 }
|
|
3866 }
|
|
3867
|
|
3868 if (!inpixels)
|
|
3869 delta *= (widthflag ? defwidth : defheight);
|
|
3870
|
|
3871 {
|
|
3872 int maxdelta;
|
|
3873
|
|
3874 maxdelta = ((!NILP (parent))
|
|
3875 ? (*sizefun) (parent) - *sizep
|
|
3876 : ((!NILP (w->next))
|
|
3877 ? (*sizefun) (w->next) - MINSIZE (w->next)
|
|
3878 : ((!NILP (w->prev))
|
|
3879 ? (*sizefun) (w->prev) - MINSIZE (w->prev)
|
|
3880 /* This is a frame with only one window,
|
|
3881 a minibuffer-only or a minibufferless frame. */
|
|
3882 : (delta = 0))));
|
|
3883
|
|
3884 if (delta > maxdelta)
|
|
3885 /* This case traps trying to make the minibuffer
|
|
3886 the full frame, or make the only window aside from the
|
|
3887 minibuffer the full frame. */
|
|
3888 delta = maxdelta;
|
|
3889
|
|
3890 if (delta == 0)
|
|
3891 return;
|
|
3892
|
|
3893 #if 0 /* FSFmacs */
|
|
3894 /* #### Chuck: is this correct? */
|
|
3895 if (*sizep + delta < MINSIZE (window))
|
|
3896 {
|
|
3897 Fdelete_window (window);
|
|
3898 return;
|
|
3899 }
|
|
3900 #endif
|
|
3901 }
|
|
3902
|
|
3903 if (!NILP (w->next) &&
|
|
3904 (*sizefun) (w->next) - delta >= (int) MINSIZE (w->next))
|
|
3905 {
|
|
3906 CURBEG (XWINDOW (w->next)) += delta;
|
|
3907 (*setsizefun) (w->next, (*sizefun) (w->next) - delta, 0);
|
|
3908 (*setsizefun) (window, *sizep + delta, 0);
|
|
3909 }
|
|
3910 else if (!NILP (w->prev) &&
|
|
3911 (*sizefun) (w->prev) - delta >= (int) MINSIZE (w->prev))
|
|
3912 {
|
|
3913 (*setsizefun) (w->prev, (*sizefun) (w->prev) - delta, 0);
|
|
3914 CURBEG (w) -= delta;
|
|
3915 (*setsizefun) (window, *sizep + delta, 0);
|
|
3916 }
|
|
3917 else
|
|
3918 {
|
|
3919 int delta1;
|
|
3920 int opht = (*sizefun) (parent);
|
|
3921
|
|
3922 /* If trying to grow this window to or beyond size of the parent,
|
|
3923 make delta1 so big that, on shrinking back down,
|
|
3924 all the siblings end up with less than one line and are deleted. */
|
|
3925 if (opht <= *sizep + delta)
|
|
3926 delta1 = opht * opht * 2;
|
|
3927 /* Otherwise, make delta1 just right so that if we add delta1
|
|
3928 lines to this window and to the parent, and then shrink
|
|
3929 the parent back to its original size, the new proportional
|
|
3930 size of this window will increase by delta. */
|
|
3931 else
|
|
3932 delta1 = (delta * opht * 100) / ((opht - *sizep - delta) * 100);
|
|
3933
|
|
3934 /* Add delta1 lines or columns to this window, and to the parent,
|
|
3935 keeping things consistent while not affecting siblings. */
|
|
3936 CURSIZE (XWINDOW (parent)) = opht + delta1;
|
|
3937 (*setsizefun) (window, *sizep + delta1, 0);
|
|
3938
|
|
3939 /* Squeeze out delta1 lines or columns from our parent,
|
|
3940 shrinking this window and siblings proportionately.
|
|
3941 This brings parent back to correct size.
|
|
3942 Delta1 was calculated so this makes this window the desired size,
|
|
3943 taking it all out of the siblings. */
|
|
3944 (*setsizefun) (parent, opht, 0);
|
|
3945 }
|
|
3946
|
|
3947 SET_LAST_MODIFIED (w, 0);
|
|
3948 SET_LAST_FACECHANGE (w);
|
|
3949 MARK_FRAME_WINDOWS_STRUCTURE_CHANGED (f);
|
|
3950 /* overkill maybe, but better to be correct */
|
|
3951 MARK_FRAME_GUTTERS_CHANGED (f);
|
|
3952 }
|
|
3953 #undef MINSIZE
|
|
3954 #undef CURBEG
|
|
3955 #undef CURSIZE
|
|
3956 #undef CURCHARSIZE
|
|
3957 #undef MINCHARSIZE
|
|
3958
|
|
3959
|
|
3960
|
|
3961 /* Scroll contents of window WINDOW up N lines. If N < (top line height /
|
|
3962 average line height) then we just adjust the top clip. */
|
|
3963 void
|
|
3964 window_scroll (Lisp_Object window, Lisp_Object n, int direction,
|
|
3965 Error_behavior errb)
|
|
3966 {
|
|
3967 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
3968 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
3969 int selected = EQ (window, Fselected_window (Qnil));
|
|
3970 int value = 0;
|
|
3971 Lisp_Object point, tem;
|
|
3972 display_line_dynarr *dla;
|
|
3973 int fheight, fwidth, modeline = 0;
|
|
3974 struct display_line* dl;
|
|
3975
|
|
3976 if (selected)
|
|
3977 point = make_int (BUF_PT (b));
|
|
3978 else
|
|
3979 {
|
|
3980 Bufpos pos = marker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
3981
|
|
3982 if (pos < BUF_BEGV (b))
|
|
3983 pos = BUF_BEGV (b);
|
|
3984 else if (pos > BUF_ZV (b))
|
|
3985 pos = BUF_ZV (b);
|
|
3986
|
|
3987 point = make_int (pos);
|
|
3988 }
|
|
3989
|
|
3990 /* Always set force_start so that redisplay_window will run
|
|
3991 the window-scroll-functions. */
|
|
3992 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
3993
|
|
3994 /* #### When the fuck does this happen? I'm so glad that history has
|
|
3995 completely documented the behavior of the scrolling functions under
|
|
3996 all circumstances. */
|
|
3997 tem = Fpos_visible_in_window_p (point, window);
|
|
3998 if (NILP (tem))
|
|
3999 {
|
|
4000 Fvertical_motion (make_int (-window_char_height (w, 0) / 2),
|
|
4001 window, Qnil);
|
|
4002 Fset_marker (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], point, w->buffer);
|
|
4003 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, XINT (point));
|
|
4004 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) = 0;
|
|
4005 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4006 }
|
|
4007
|
|
4008 if (!NILP (n))
|
|
4009 {
|
|
4010 if (EQ (n, Qminus))
|
|
4011 direction *= -1;
|
|
4012 else
|
|
4013 {
|
|
4014 n = Fprefix_numeric_value (n);
|
|
4015 value = XINT (n) * direction;
|
|
4016
|
|
4017 if (!value)
|
|
4018 return; /* someone just made a pointless call */
|
|
4019 }
|
|
4020 }
|
|
4021
|
|
4022 /* If the user didn't specify how far to scroll then we have to figure it
|
|
4023 out by ourselves. */
|
|
4024 if (NILP (n) || EQ (n, Qminus))
|
|
4025 {
|
|
4026 /* Going forwards is easy. If that is what we are doing then just
|
|
4027 set value and the section which handles the user specifying a
|
|
4028 positive value will work. */
|
|
4029 if (direction == 1)
|
|
4030 {
|
|
4031 value = window_displayed_height (w) - next_screen_context_lines;
|
|
4032 value = (value < 1 ? 1 : value);
|
|
4033 }
|
|
4034
|
|
4035 /* Going backwards is hard. We can't use the same loop used if the
|
|
4036 user specified a negative value because we care about
|
|
4037 next_screen_context_lines. In a variable height world you don't
|
|
4038 know how many lines above you can actually be displayed and still
|
|
4039 have the context lines appear. So we leave value set to 0 and add
|
|
4040 a separate section to deal with this. */
|
|
4041
|
|
4042 }
|
|
4043
|
|
4044 if (direction == 1 && !value)
|
|
4045 {
|
|
4046 return;
|
|
4047 }
|
|
4048
|
|
4049 /* Determine parameters to test for partial line scrolling with. */
|
|
4050 dla = window_display_lines (w, CURRENT_DISP);
|
|
4051
|
|
4052 if (INTP (Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment))
|
|
4053 fheight = XINT (Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment);
|
|
4054 else if (!NILP (Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment));
|
|
4055 default_face_height_and_width (window, &fheight, &fwidth);
|
438
|
4056
|
428
|
4057 if (Dynarr_length (dla) >= 1)
|
|
4058 modeline = Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->modeline;
|
|
4059
|
|
4060 dl = Dynarr_atp (dla, modeline);
|
438
|
4061
|
428
|
4062 if (value > 0)
|
|
4063 {
|
|
4064 /* Go for partial display line scrolling. This just means bumping
|
|
4065 the clip by a reasonable amount and redisplaying, everything else
|
|
4066 remains unchanged. */
|
|
4067 if (!NILP (Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment)
|
|
4068 &&
|
|
4069 Dynarr_length (dla) >= (1 + modeline)
|
|
4070 &&
|
|
4071 (dl->ascent - dl->top_clip) - fheight * value > 0)
|
|
4072 {
|
|
4073 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) += value * fheight;
|
|
4074 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4075 }
|
|
4076 else
|
|
4077 {
|
|
4078 int vtarget;
|
|
4079 Bufpos startp, old_start;
|
438
|
4080
|
428
|
4081 if (WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w))
|
|
4082 {
|
|
4083 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) = 0;
|
|
4084 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4085 }
|
|
4086
|
|
4087 old_start = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4088 startp = vmotion (w, old_start, value, &vtarget);
|
438
|
4089
|
428
|
4090 if (vtarget < value &&
|
|
4091 (w->window_end_pos[CURRENT_DISP] == -1
|
|
4092 || (BUF_Z (b) - w->window_end_pos[CURRENT_DISP] > BUF_ZV (b))))
|
|
4093 {
|
|
4094 maybe_signal_error (Qend_of_buffer, Qnil, Qwindow, errb);
|
|
4095 return;
|
|
4096 }
|
|
4097 else
|
|
4098 {
|
|
4099 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (startp),
|
|
4100 w->buffer);
|
|
4101 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
4102 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, startp);
|
|
4103 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
438
|
4104
|
428
|
4105 if (!point_would_be_visible (w, startp, XINT (point)))
|
|
4106 {
|
|
4107 if (selected)
|
|
4108 BUF_SET_PT (b, startp);
|
|
4109 else
|
|
4110 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
4111 make_int (startp),
|
|
4112 w->buffer);
|
|
4113 }
|
|
4114 }
|
|
4115 }
|
|
4116 }
|
|
4117 else if (value < 0)
|
|
4118 {
|
|
4119 /* Go for partial display line scrolling. This just means bumping
|
|
4120 the clip by a reasonable amount and redisplaying, everything else
|
|
4121 remains unchanged. */
|
|
4122 if (!NILP (Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment)
|
|
4123 &&
|
|
4124 Dynarr_length (dla) >= (1 + modeline)
|
|
4125 &&
|
|
4126 (dl->ascent - dl->top_clip) - fheight * value <
|
|
4127 (dl->ascent + dl->descent - dl->clip)
|
|
4128 &&
|
|
4129 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) + value * fheight > 0)
|
|
4130 {
|
|
4131 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) += value * fheight;
|
|
4132 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4133 }
|
|
4134 else
|
|
4135 {
|
|
4136 int vtarget;
|
|
4137 Bufpos startp, old_start;
|
438
|
4138
|
428
|
4139 if (WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w))
|
|
4140 {
|
|
4141 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) = 0;
|
|
4142 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4143 }
|
438
|
4144
|
428
|
4145 old_start = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4146 startp = vmotion (w, old_start, value, &vtarget);
|
438
|
4147
|
428
|
4148 if (vtarget > value
|
|
4149 && marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]) == BUF_BEGV (b))
|
|
4150 {
|
|
4151 maybe_signal_error (Qbeginning_of_buffer, Qnil, Qwindow, errb);
|
|
4152 return;
|
|
4153 }
|
|
4154 else
|
|
4155 {
|
|
4156 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (startp),
|
|
4157 w->buffer);
|
|
4158 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
4159 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, startp);
|
|
4160 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
438
|
4161
|
428
|
4162 if (!point_would_be_visible (w, startp, XINT (point)))
|
|
4163 {
|
|
4164 Bufpos new_point;
|
438
|
4165
|
428
|
4166 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
|
|
4167 new_point = startp;
|
|
4168 else
|
|
4169 new_point = start_of_last_line (w, startp);
|
438
|
4170
|
428
|
4171 if (selected)
|
|
4172 BUF_SET_PT (b, new_point);
|
|
4173 else
|
|
4174 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
4175 make_int (new_point),
|
|
4176 w->buffer);
|
|
4177 }
|
|
4178 }
|
|
4179 }
|
|
4180 }
|
|
4181 else /* value == 0 && direction == -1 */
|
|
4182 {
|
|
4183 if (WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w))
|
|
4184 {
|
|
4185 WINDOW_TEXT_TOP_CLIP (w) = 0;
|
|
4186 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4187 }
|
|
4188 if (marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]) == BUF_BEGV (b))
|
|
4189 {
|
|
4190 maybe_signal_error (Qbeginning_of_buffer, Qnil, Qwindow, errb);
|
|
4191 return;
|
|
4192 }
|
|
4193 else
|
|
4194 {
|
|
4195 int vtarget;
|
|
4196 int movement = next_screen_context_lines - 1;
|
|
4197 Bufpos old_startp = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4198 Bufpos bottom = vmotion (w, old_startp, movement, &vtarget);
|
|
4199 Bufpos startp =
|
|
4200 start_with_point_on_display_line (w, bottom,
|
|
4201 -1 - (movement - vtarget));
|
|
4202
|
|
4203 if (startp >= old_startp)
|
|
4204 startp = vmotion (w, old_startp, -1, NULL);
|
|
4205
|
|
4206 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (startp),
|
|
4207 w->buffer);
|
|
4208 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
4209 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, startp);
|
|
4210 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4211
|
|
4212 if (!point_would_be_visible (w, startp, XINT (point)))
|
|
4213 {
|
|
4214 Bufpos new_point = start_of_last_line (w, startp);
|
|
4215
|
|
4216 if (selected)
|
|
4217 BUF_SET_PT (b, new_point);
|
|
4218 else
|
|
4219 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
4220 make_int (new_point),
|
|
4221 w->buffer);
|
|
4222 }
|
|
4223 }
|
|
4224 }
|
|
4225 }
|
|
4226
|
|
4227 DEFUN ("scroll-up", Fscroll_up, 0, 1, "_P", /*
|
|
4228 Scroll text of current window upward N lines; or near full screen if no arg.
|
|
4229 A near full screen is `next-screen-context-lines' less than a full screen.
|
|
4230 Negative N means scroll downward.
|
|
4231 When calling from a program, supply an integer as argument or nil.
|
|
4232 On attempt to scroll past end of buffer, `end-of-buffer' is signaled.
|
|
4233 On attempt to scroll past beginning of buffer, `beginning-of-buffer' is
|
|
4234 signaled.
|
|
4235 */
|
|
4236 (n))
|
|
4237 {
|
|
4238 window_scroll (Fselected_window (Qnil), n, 1, ERROR_ME);
|
|
4239 return Qnil;
|
|
4240 }
|
|
4241
|
|
4242 DEFUN ("scroll-down", Fscroll_down, 0, 1, "_P", /*
|
|
4243 Scroll text of current window downward N lines; or near full screen if no arg.
|
|
4244 A near full screen is `next-screen-context-lines' less than a full screen.
|
|
4245 Negative N means scroll upward.
|
|
4246 When calling from a program, supply a number as argument or nil.
|
|
4247 On attempt to scroll past end of buffer, `end-of-buffer' is signaled.
|
|
4248 On attempt to scroll past beginning of buffer, `beginning-of-buffer' is
|
|
4249 signaled.
|
|
4250 */
|
|
4251 (n))
|
|
4252 {
|
|
4253 window_scroll (Fselected_window (Qnil), n, -1, ERROR_ME);
|
|
4254 return Qnil;
|
|
4255 }
|
|
4256
|
|
4257 DEFUN ("other-window-for-scrolling", Fother_window_for_scrolling, 0, 0, 0, /*
|
|
4258 Return the other window for "other window scroll" commands.
|
|
4259 If in the minibuffer, `minibuffer-scroll-window' if non-nil
|
|
4260 specifies the window.
|
|
4261 If `other-window-scroll-buffer' is non-nil, a window
|
|
4262 showing that buffer is used.
|
|
4263 */
|
|
4264 ())
|
|
4265 {
|
|
4266 Lisp_Object window;
|
|
4267 Lisp_Object selected_window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
4268
|
|
4269 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
|
|
4270 && !NILP (Vminibuffer_scroll_window))
|
|
4271 window = Vminibuffer_scroll_window;
|
|
4272 /* If buffer is specified, scroll that buffer. */
|
|
4273 else if (!NILP (Vother_window_scroll_buffer))
|
|
4274 {
|
|
4275 window = Fget_buffer_window (Vother_window_scroll_buffer, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
4276 if (NILP (window))
|
|
4277 window = display_buffer (Vother_window_scroll_buffer, Qt, Qnil);
|
|
4278 }
|
|
4279 else
|
|
4280 {
|
|
4281 /* Nothing specified; look for a neighboring window on the same
|
|
4282 frame. */
|
|
4283 window = Fnext_window (selected_window, Qnil, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
4284
|
|
4285 if (EQ (window, selected_window))
|
|
4286 /* That didn't get us anywhere; look for a window on another
|
|
4287 visible frame. */
|
|
4288 do
|
|
4289 window = Fnext_window (window, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);
|
|
4290 while (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))))
|
|
4291 && ! EQ (window, selected_window));
|
|
4292 }
|
|
4293
|
|
4294 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
4295
|
|
4296 if (EQ (window, selected_window))
|
|
4297 error ("There is no other window");
|
|
4298
|
|
4299 return window;
|
|
4300 }
|
|
4301
|
|
4302 DEFUN ("scroll-other-window", Fscroll_other_window, 0, 1, "_P", /*
|
|
4303 Scroll next window upward N lines; or near full frame if no arg.
|
|
4304 The next window is the one below the current one; or the one at the top
|
|
4305 if the current one is at the bottom. Negative N means scroll downward.
|
|
4306 When calling from a program, supply a number as argument or nil.
|
|
4307
|
|
4308 If in the minibuffer, `minibuffer-scroll-window' if non-nil
|
|
4309 specifies the window to scroll.
|
|
4310 If `other-window-scroll-buffer' is non-nil, scroll the window
|
|
4311 showing that buffer, popping the buffer up if necessary.
|
|
4312 */
|
|
4313 (n))
|
|
4314 {
|
|
4315 window_scroll (Fother_window_for_scrolling (), n, 1, ERROR_ME);
|
|
4316 return Qnil;
|
|
4317 }
|
|
4318
|
|
4319 DEFUN ("scroll-left", Fscroll_left, 0, 1, "_P", /*
|
|
4320 Scroll selected window display N columns left.
|
|
4321 Default for N is window width minus 2.
|
|
4322 */
|
|
4323 (n))
|
|
4324 {
|
|
4325 Lisp_Object window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
4326 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
4327 int count = (NILP (n) ?
|
|
4328 window_char_width (w, 0) - 2 :
|
|
4329 XINT (Fprefix_numeric_value (n)));
|
|
4330
|
|
4331 return Fset_window_hscroll (window, make_int (w->hscroll + count));
|
|
4332 }
|
|
4333
|
|
4334 DEFUN ("scroll-right", Fscroll_right, 0, 1, "_P", /*
|
|
4335 Scroll selected window display N columns right.
|
|
4336 Default for N is window width minus 2.
|
|
4337 */
|
|
4338 (n))
|
|
4339 {
|
|
4340 Lisp_Object window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
4341 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
4342 int count = (NILP (n) ?
|
|
4343 window_char_width (w, 0) - 2 :
|
|
4344 XINT (Fprefix_numeric_value (n)));
|
|
4345
|
|
4346 return Fset_window_hscroll (window, make_int (w->hscroll - count));
|
|
4347 }
|
|
4348
|
|
4349 DEFUN ("center-to-window-line", Fcenter_to_window_line, 0, 2, "_P", /*
|
|
4350 Center point in WINDOW. With N, put point on line N.
|
|
4351 The desired position of point is always relative to the window.
|
|
4352 If WINDOW is nil, the selected window is used.
|
|
4353 */
|
|
4354 (n, window))
|
|
4355 {
|
|
4356 struct window *w = decode_window (window);
|
|
4357 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
4358 Bufpos opoint = BUF_PT (b);
|
|
4359 Bufpos startp;
|
|
4360
|
|
4361 if (NILP (n))
|
|
4362 startp = start_with_line_at_pixpos (w, opoint, window_half_pixpos (w));
|
|
4363 else
|
|
4364 {
|
|
4365 n = Fprefix_numeric_value (n);
|
|
4366 CHECK_INT (n);
|
|
4367 startp = start_with_point_on_display_line (w, opoint, XINT (n));
|
|
4368 }
|
|
4369
|
|
4370 Fset_marker (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (startp), w->buffer);
|
|
4371
|
|
4372 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, startp);
|
|
4373 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
4374 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4375 return Qnil;
|
|
4376 }
|
|
4377
|
|
4378 DEFUN ("move-to-window-line", Fmove_to_window_line, 1, 2, "_P", /*
|
|
4379 Position point relative to WINDOW.
|
|
4380 With no argument, position text at center of window.
|
|
4381 An argument specifies window line; zero means top of window,
|
|
4382 negative means relative to bottom of window.
|
|
4383 If WINDOW is nil, the selected window is used.
|
|
4384 */
|
|
4385 (arg, window))
|
|
4386 {
|
|
4387 struct window *w;
|
|
4388 struct buffer *b;
|
|
4389 int height;
|
|
4390 Bufpos start, new_point;
|
|
4391 int selected;
|
|
4392
|
|
4393 /* Don't use decode_window() because we need the new value of
|
|
4394 WINDOW. */
|
|
4395 if (NILP (window))
|
|
4396 window = Fselected_window (Qnil);
|
|
4397 else
|
|
4398 CHECK_LIVE_WINDOW (window);
|
|
4399 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
4400 b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
|
4401
|
|
4402 height = window_displayed_height (w);
|
|
4403 selected = EQ (window, Fselected_window (w->frame));
|
|
4404
|
|
4405 if (NILP (arg))
|
|
4406 {
|
|
4407 int retval;
|
|
4408
|
|
4409 if (XINT (w->last_modified[CURRENT_DISP]) >= BUF_MODIFF (b)
|
|
4410 && XINT (w->last_facechange[CURRENT_DISP]) >= BUF_FACECHANGE (b))
|
|
4411 {
|
|
4412 new_point = point_at_center (w, CURRENT_DISP, 0, 0);
|
|
4413
|
|
4414 if (selected)
|
|
4415 BUF_SET_PT (b, new_point);
|
|
4416 else
|
|
4417 Fset_window_point (window, make_int (new_point));
|
|
4418
|
|
4419 retval = line_at_center (w, CURRENT_DISP, 0, 0);
|
|
4420 }
|
|
4421 else
|
|
4422 {
|
|
4423 start = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4424 if (start < BUF_BEGV (b))
|
|
4425 start = BUF_BEGV (b);
|
|
4426 else if (start > BUF_ZV (b))
|
|
4427 start = BUF_ZV (b);
|
|
4428
|
|
4429 if (selected)
|
|
4430 new_point = BUF_PT (b);
|
|
4431 else
|
|
4432 new_point = marker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4433
|
|
4434 new_point = point_at_center (w, CMOTION_DISP, start, BUF_PT (b));
|
|
4435
|
|
4436 if (selected)
|
|
4437 BUF_SET_PT (b, new_point);
|
|
4438 else
|
|
4439 Fset_window_point (window, make_int (new_point));
|
|
4440
|
|
4441 retval = line_at_center (w, CMOTION_DISP, start, BUF_PT (b));
|
|
4442 }
|
|
4443
|
|
4444 return make_int (retval);
|
|
4445 }
|
|
4446 else
|
|
4447 {
|
|
4448 /* #### Is this going to work right when at eob? */
|
|
4449 arg = Fprefix_numeric_value (arg);
|
|
4450 if (XINT (arg) < 0)
|
|
4451 XSETINT (arg, XINT (arg) + height);
|
|
4452 }
|
|
4453
|
|
4454 start = marker_position (w->start[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4455 if (start < BUF_BEGV (b) || start > BUF_ZV (b))
|
|
4456 {
|
|
4457 if (selected)
|
|
4458 new_point = BUF_PT (b);
|
|
4459 else
|
|
4460 new_point = marker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]);
|
|
4461
|
|
4462 new_point = vmotion (XWINDOW (window), new_point, -height / 2, 0);
|
|
4463
|
|
4464 if (selected)
|
|
4465 BUF_SET_PT (b, new_point);
|
|
4466 else
|
|
4467 Fset_window_point (window, make_int (new_point));
|
|
4468
|
|
4469 Fset_marker (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], make_int (new_point),
|
|
4470 w->buffer);
|
|
4471 w->start_at_line_beg = beginning_of_line_p (b, new_point);
|
|
4472 w->force_start = 1;
|
|
4473 }
|
|
4474 else
|
|
4475 {
|
|
4476 if (selected)
|
|
4477 BUF_SET_PT (b, start);
|
|
4478 else
|
|
4479 Fset_window_point (window, make_int (start));
|
|
4480 }
|
|
4481
|
|
4482 if (selected)
|
|
4483 return Fvertical_motion (arg, window, Qnil);
|
|
4484 else
|
|
4485 {
|
|
4486 int vpos;
|
|
4487 new_point = vmotion (XWINDOW (window),
|
|
4488 marker_position (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP]),
|
|
4489 XINT (arg), &vpos);
|
|
4490 Fset_window_point (window, make_int (new_point));
|
|
4491 return make_int (vpos);
|
|
4492 }
|
|
4493 }
|
|
4494
|
|
4495
|
|
4496 static int
|
|
4497 map_windows_1 (Lisp_Object window,
|
|
4498 int (*mapfun) (struct window *w, void *closure),
|
|
4499 void *closure)
|
|
4500 {
|
|
4501 for (; !NILP (window); window = XWINDOW (window)->next)
|
|
4502 {
|
|
4503 int retval;
|
|
4504 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
4505
|
|
4506 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
4507 retval = map_windows_1 (w->vchild, mapfun, closure);
|
|
4508 else if (!NILP (w->hchild))
|
|
4509 retval = map_windows_1 (w->hchild, mapfun, closure);
|
|
4510 else
|
|
4511 retval = (mapfun) (w, closure);
|
|
4512
|
|
4513 if (retval)
|
|
4514 return retval;
|
|
4515 }
|
|
4516
|
|
4517 return 0;
|
|
4518 }
|
|
4519
|
|
4520 /* Map MAPFUN over the windows in F. CLOSURE is passed to each
|
|
4521 invocation of MAPFUN. If any invocation of MAPFUN returns
|
|
4522 non-zero, the mapping is halted. Otherwise, map_windows() maps
|
|
4523 over all windows in F.
|
|
4524
|
|
4525 If MAPFUN creates or deletes windows, the behavior is undefined. */
|
|
4526
|
|
4527 int
|
|
4528 map_windows (struct frame *f, int (*mapfun) (struct window *w, void *closure),
|
|
4529 void *closure)
|
|
4530 {
|
|
4531 if (f)
|
|
4532 return map_windows_1 (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), mapfun, closure);
|
|
4533 else
|
|
4534 {
|
|
4535 Lisp_Object frmcons, devcons, concons;
|
|
4536
|
|
4537 FRAME_LOOP_NO_BREAK(frmcons, devcons, concons)
|
|
4538 {
|
|
4539 int v = map_windows_1 (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (XCAR (frmcons))),
|
|
4540 mapfun, closure);
|
|
4541 if (v)
|
|
4542 return v;
|
|
4543 }
|
|
4544 }
|
|
4545
|
|
4546 return 0;
|
|
4547 }
|
|
4548
|
|
4549
|
|
4550 static void
|
|
4551 modeline_shadow_thickness_changed (Lisp_Object specifier, struct window *w,
|
|
4552 Lisp_Object oldval)
|
|
4553 {
|
|
4554 w->shadow_thickness_changed = 1;
|
|
4555 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4556 }
|
|
4557
|
|
4558 static void
|
|
4559 vertical_divider_changed_in_window (Lisp_Object specifier,
|
|
4560 struct window *w,
|
|
4561 Lisp_Object oldval)
|
|
4562 {
|
|
4563 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4564 MARK_FRAME_WINDOWS_STRUCTURE_CHANGED (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)));
|
|
4565 }
|
|
4566
|
|
4567 /* also used in scrollbar.c */
|
|
4568 void
|
|
4569 some_window_value_changed (Lisp_Object specifier, struct window *w,
|
|
4570 Lisp_Object oldval)
|
|
4571 {
|
|
4572 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
4573 }
|
|
4574
|
|
4575 #ifdef MEMORY_USAGE_STATS
|
|
4576
|
|
4577 struct window_stats
|
|
4578 {
|
|
4579 int face;
|
|
4580 int glyph;
|
|
4581 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
4582 int scrollbar;
|
|
4583 #endif
|
|
4584 int line_start;
|
|
4585 int other_redisplay;
|
|
4586 int other;
|
|
4587 };
|
|
4588
|
|
4589 static void
|
|
4590 compute_window_mirror_usage (struct window_mirror *mir,
|
|
4591 struct window_stats *stats,
|
|
4592 struct overhead_stats *ovstats)
|
|
4593 {
|
|
4594 if (!mir)
|
|
4595 return;
|
|
4596 stats->other += malloced_storage_size (mir, sizeof (struct window_mirror),
|
|
4597 ovstats);
|
|
4598 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
4599 {
|
|
4600 struct device *d = XDEVICE (FRAME_DEVICE (mir->frame));
|
|
4601
|
|
4602 stats->scrollbar +=
|
|
4603 compute_scrollbar_instance_usage (d, mir->scrollbar_vertical_instance,
|
|
4604 ovstats);
|
|
4605 stats->scrollbar +=
|
|
4606 compute_scrollbar_instance_usage (d, mir->scrollbar_horizontal_instance,
|
|
4607 ovstats);
|
|
4608 }
|
|
4609 #endif /* HAVE_SCROLLBARS */
|
|
4610 stats->other_redisplay +=
|
|
4611 compute_display_line_dynarr_usage (mir->current_display_lines, ovstats);
|
|
4612 stats->other_redisplay +=
|
|
4613 compute_display_line_dynarr_usage (mir->desired_display_lines, ovstats);
|
|
4614 }
|
|
4615
|
|
4616 static void
|
|
4617 compute_window_usage (struct window *w, struct window_stats *stats,
|
|
4618 struct overhead_stats *ovstats)
|
|
4619 {
|
|
4620 xzero (*stats);
|
|
4621 stats->other += malloced_storage_size (w, sizeof (struct window), ovstats);
|
|
4622 stats->face += compute_face_cachel_usage (w->face_cachels, ovstats);
|
|
4623 stats->glyph += compute_glyph_cachel_usage (w->glyph_cachels, ovstats);
|
|
4624 stats->line_start +=
|
|
4625 compute_line_start_cache_dynarr_usage (w->line_start_cache, ovstats);
|
|
4626 compute_window_mirror_usage (find_window_mirror (w), stats, ovstats);
|
|
4627 }
|
|
4628
|
|
4629 DEFUN ("window-memory-usage", Fwindow_memory_usage, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
4630 Return stats about the memory usage of window WINDOW.
|
|
4631 The values returned are in the form of an alist of usage types and byte
|
|
4632 counts. The byte counts attempt to encompass all the memory used
|
|
4633 by the window (separate from the memory logically associated with a
|
|
4634 buffer or frame), including internal structures and any malloc()
|
|
4635 overhead associated with them. In practice, the byte counts are
|
|
4636 underestimated because certain memory usage is very hard to determine
|
|
4637 \(e.g. the amount of memory used inside the Xt library or inside the
|
|
4638 X server) and because there is other stuff that might logically
|
|
4639 be associated with a window, buffer, or frame (e.g. window configurations,
|
|
4640 glyphs) but should not obviously be included in the usage counts.
|
|
4641
|
|
4642 Multiple slices of the total memory usage may be returned, separated
|
|
4643 by a nil. Each slice represents a particular view of the memory, a
|
|
4644 particular way of partitioning it into groups. Within a slice, there
|
|
4645 is no overlap between the groups of memory, and each slice collectively
|
|
4646 represents all the memory concerned.
|
|
4647 */
|
|
4648 (window))
|
|
4649 {
|
|
4650 struct window_stats stats;
|
|
4651 struct overhead_stats ovstats;
|
|
4652 Lisp_Object val = Qnil;
|
|
4653
|
|
4654 CHECK_WINDOW (window); /* dead windows should be allowed, no? */
|
|
4655 xzero (ovstats);
|
|
4656 compute_window_usage (XWINDOW (window), &stats, &ovstats);
|
|
4657
|
|
4658 val = acons (Qface_cache, make_int (stats.face), val);
|
|
4659 val = acons (Qglyph_cache, make_int (stats.glyph), val);
|
|
4660 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
4661 val = acons (Qscrollbar_instances, make_int (stats.scrollbar), val);
|
|
4662 #endif
|
|
4663 val = acons (Qline_start_cache, make_int (stats.line_start), val);
|
|
4664 val = acons (Qother_redisplay, make_int (stats.other_redisplay), val);
|
|
4665 val = acons (Qother, make_int (stats.other), val);
|
|
4666 val = Fcons (Qnil, val);
|
|
4667 val = acons (Qactually_requested, make_int (ovstats.was_requested), val);
|
|
4668 val = acons (Qmalloc_overhead, make_int (ovstats.malloc_overhead), val);
|
|
4669 val = acons (Qdynarr_overhead, make_int (ovstats.dynarr_overhead), val);
|
|
4670
|
|
4671 return Fnreverse (val);
|
|
4672 }
|
|
4673
|
|
4674 #endif /* MEMORY_USAGE_STATS */
|
|
4675
|
|
4676
|
|
4677 /************************************************************************/
|
|
4678 /* Window configurations */
|
|
4679 /************************************************************************/
|
|
4680
|
|
4681 /* #### This window configuration stuff has had serious bugs lurking in it
|
|
4682 for years; it would be a -huge- win if this was reimplemented in lisp.
|
|
4683 */
|
|
4684
|
|
4685 /* If you add anything to this structure make sure saved_window_equal
|
|
4686 knows about it. */
|
|
4687 struct saved_window
|
|
4688 {
|
|
4689 Lisp_Object window; /* window */
|
|
4690 Lisp_Object buffer; /* buffer */
|
|
4691 Lisp_Object start; /* copied marker */
|
|
4692 Lisp_Object pointm; /* copied marker */
|
|
4693 Lisp_Object sb_point; /* copied marker */
|
|
4694 Lisp_Object mark; /* copied marker */
|
|
4695 int pixel_left;
|
|
4696 int pixel_top;
|
|
4697 int pixel_width;
|
|
4698 int pixel_height;
|
|
4699 int hscroll;
|
438
|
4700 Charcount modeline_hscroll;
|
428
|
4701 int parent_index; /* index into saved_windows */
|
|
4702 int prev_index; /* index into saved_windows */
|
|
4703 char start_at_line_beg; /* boolean */
|
|
4704
|
|
4705 #define WINDOW_SLOT_DECLARATION
|
|
4706 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) Lisp_Object slot
|
|
4707 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
4708 };
|
|
4709
|
|
4710 /* If you add anything to this structure make sure window_config_equal
|
|
4711 knows about it. */
|
|
4712 struct window_config
|
|
4713 {
|
|
4714 struct lcrecord_header header;
|
|
4715 /* int frame_width; No longer needed, JV
|
|
4716 int frame_height; */
|
|
4717 #if 0 /* FSFmacs */
|
|
4718 Lisp_Object selected_frame;
|
|
4719 #endif
|
|
4720 Lisp_Object current_window;
|
|
4721 Lisp_Object current_buffer;
|
|
4722 Lisp_Object minibuffer_scroll_window;
|
|
4723 Lisp_Object root_window;
|
|
4724 int minibuf_height; /* 0 = no minibuffer, <0, size in lines, >0 in pixels */
|
|
4725 /* Record the values of window-min-width and window-min-height
|
|
4726 so that window sizes remain consistent with them. */
|
|
4727 int min_width, min_height;
|
|
4728 int saved_windows_count;
|
|
4729 /* Zero-sized arrays aren't ANSI C */
|
|
4730 struct saved_window saved_windows[1];
|
|
4731 };
|
|
4732
|
|
4733 #define SAVED_WINDOW_N(conf, n) (&((conf)->saved_windows[(n)]))
|
|
4734 #define XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION(x) XRECORD (x, window_configuration, struct window_config)
|
|
4735 #define XSETWINDOW_CONFIGURATION(x, p) XSETRECORD (x, p, window_configuration)
|
|
4736 #define WINDOW_CONFIGURATIONP(x) RECORDP (x, window_configuration)
|
|
4737 #define CHECK_WINDOW_CONFIGURATION(x) CHECK_RECORD (x, window_configuration)
|
|
4738
|
|
4739 static Lisp_Object
|
|
4740 mark_window_config (Lisp_Object obj)
|
|
4741 {
|
|
4742 struct window_config *config = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (obj);
|
|
4743 int i;
|
|
4744 mark_object (config->current_window);
|
|
4745 mark_object (config->current_buffer);
|
|
4746 mark_object (config->minibuffer_scroll_window);
|
|
4747 mark_object (config->root_window);
|
|
4748
|
|
4749 for (i = 0; i < config->saved_windows_count; i++)
|
|
4750 {
|
|
4751 struct saved_window *s = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, i);
|
|
4752 mark_object (s->window);
|
|
4753 mark_object (s->buffer);
|
|
4754 mark_object (s->start);
|
|
4755 mark_object (s->pointm);
|
|
4756 mark_object (s->sb_point);
|
|
4757 mark_object (s->mark);
|
|
4758 #if 0
|
|
4759 /* #### This looked like this. I do not see why specifier cached
|
|
4760 values should not be marked, as such specifiers as toolbars
|
|
4761 might have GC-able instances. Freed configs are not marked,
|
|
4762 aren't they? -- kkm */
|
|
4763 mark_object (s->dedicated);
|
|
4764 #else
|
|
4765 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) mark_object (s->slot)
|
|
4766 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
4767 #endif
|
|
4768 }
|
|
4769 return Qnil;
|
|
4770 }
|
|
4771
|
|
4772 static size_t
|
|
4773 sizeof_window_config_for_n_windows (int n)
|
|
4774 {
|
|
4775 return (sizeof (struct window_config) +
|
|
4776 /* n - 1 because zero-sized arrays aren't ANSI C */
|
|
4777 (n - 1) *sizeof (struct saved_window));
|
|
4778 }
|
|
4779
|
|
4780 static size_t
|
|
4781 sizeof_window_config (CONST void *h)
|
|
4782 {
|
|
4783 CONST struct window_config *c = (CONST struct window_config *) h;
|
|
4784 return sizeof_window_config_for_n_windows (c->saved_windows_count);
|
|
4785 }
|
|
4786
|
|
4787 static void
|
|
4788 print_window_config (Lisp_Object obj, Lisp_Object printcharfun, int escapeflag)
|
|
4789 {
|
|
4790 struct window_config *config = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (obj);
|
|
4791 char buf[200];
|
|
4792 if (print_readably)
|
|
4793 error ("printing unreadable object #<window-configuration 0x%x>",
|
|
4794 config->header.uid);
|
|
4795 write_c_string ("#<window-configuration ", printcharfun);
|
|
4796 sprintf (buf, "0x%x>", config->header.uid);
|
|
4797 write_c_string (buf, printcharfun);
|
|
4798 }
|
|
4799
|
|
4800 DEFINE_LRECORD_SEQUENCE_IMPLEMENTATION ("window-configuration",
|
|
4801 window_configuration,
|
|
4802 mark_window_config,
|
|
4803 print_window_config,
|
|
4804 0, 0, 0, 0, sizeof_window_config,
|
|
4805 struct window_config);
|
|
4806
|
|
4807
|
|
4808 /* Returns a boolean indicating whether the two saved windows are
|
|
4809 identical. */
|
|
4810 static int
|
|
4811 saved_window_equal (struct saved_window *win1, struct saved_window *win2)
|
|
4812 {
|
|
4813 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) \
|
|
4814 if (!compare (win1->slot, win2->slot)) \
|
|
4815 return 0;
|
|
4816 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
4817
|
|
4818 return
|
|
4819 EQ (win1->window, win2->window) &&
|
|
4820 EQ (win1->buffer, win2->buffer) &&
|
|
4821 internal_equal (win1->start, win2->start, 0) &&
|
|
4822 internal_equal (win1->pointm, win2->pointm, 0) &&
|
|
4823 internal_equal (win1->sb_point, win2->sb_point, 0) &&
|
|
4824 internal_equal (win1->mark, win2->mark, 0) &&
|
|
4825 win1->pixel_left == win2->pixel_left &&
|
|
4826 win1->pixel_top == win2->pixel_top &&
|
|
4827 win1->pixel_width == win2->pixel_width &&
|
|
4828 win1->pixel_height == win2->pixel_height &&
|
|
4829 win1->hscroll == win2->hscroll &&
|
|
4830 win1->modeline_hscroll == win2->modeline_hscroll &&
|
|
4831 win1->parent_index == win2->parent_index &&
|
|
4832 win1->prev_index == win2->prev_index &&
|
|
4833 win1->start_at_line_beg == win2->start_at_line_beg;
|
|
4834 }
|
|
4835
|
|
4836 /* Returns a boolean indicating whether the two given configurations
|
|
4837 are identical. */
|
|
4838 static int
|
|
4839 window_config_equal (Lisp_Object conf1, Lisp_Object conf2)
|
|
4840 {
|
|
4841 struct window_config *fig1, *fig2;
|
|
4842 int i;
|
|
4843
|
|
4844 /* First check if they are truly the same. */
|
|
4845 if (EQ (conf1, conf2))
|
|
4846 return 1;
|
|
4847
|
|
4848 fig1 = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (conf1);
|
|
4849 fig2 = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (conf2);
|
|
4850
|
|
4851 if (!((fig1->saved_windows_count == fig2->saved_windows_count) &&
|
|
4852 EQ (fig1->current_window, fig2->current_window) &&
|
|
4853 EQ (fig1->current_buffer, fig2->current_buffer) &&
|
|
4854 EQ (fig1->root_window, fig2->root_window) &&
|
|
4855 EQ (fig1->minibuffer_scroll_window, fig2->minibuffer_scroll_window)))
|
|
4856 /* &&
|
|
4857 fig1->frame_width == fig2->frame_width &&
|
|
4858 fig1->frame_height == fig2->frame_height)) */
|
|
4859 return 0;
|
|
4860
|
|
4861 for (i = 0; i < fig1->saved_windows_count; i++)
|
|
4862 {
|
|
4863 if (!saved_window_equal (SAVED_WINDOW_N (fig1, i),
|
|
4864 SAVED_WINDOW_N (fig2, i)))
|
|
4865 return 0;
|
|
4866 }
|
|
4867
|
|
4868 return 1;
|
|
4869 }
|
|
4870
|
|
4871 DEFUN ("window-configuration-p", Fwindow_configuration_p, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
4872 Return t if OBJECT is a window-configuration object.
|
|
4873 */
|
|
4874 (obj))
|
|
4875 {
|
|
4876 return WINDOW_CONFIGURATIONP (obj) ? Qt : Qnil;
|
|
4877 }
|
|
4878
|
|
4879 static int
|
|
4880 mark_windows_in_use_closure (struct window *w, void *closure)
|
|
4881 {
|
|
4882 int mark = *(int *)closure;
|
|
4883 w->config_mark = mark;
|
|
4884 return 0;
|
|
4885 }
|
|
4886
|
|
4887 static void
|
|
4888 mark_windows_in_use (struct frame *f, int mark)
|
|
4889 {
|
|
4890 map_windows (f, mark_windows_in_use_closure, &mark);
|
|
4891 }
|
|
4892
|
|
4893 /* Lisp_Object return value so it can be used in record_unwind_protect() */
|
|
4894 static Lisp_Object
|
|
4895 free_window_configuration (Lisp_Object window_config)
|
|
4896 {
|
|
4897 int i;
|
|
4898 struct window_config *config = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (window_config);
|
|
4899
|
|
4900 /* Free all the markers. It's not completely necessary that
|
|
4901 we do this (window configs sitting in a free list aren't
|
|
4902 marked normally so the markers wouldn't be marked anyway)
|
|
4903 but it's more efficient. */
|
|
4904 for (i = 0; i < config->saved_windows_count; i++)
|
|
4905 {
|
|
4906 struct saved_window *p = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, i);
|
|
4907
|
|
4908 if (!NILP (p->pointm))
|
|
4909 {
|
|
4910 free_marker (XMARKER (p->pointm));
|
|
4911 p->pointm = Qnil;
|
|
4912 }
|
|
4913 if (!NILP (p->start))
|
|
4914 {
|
|
4915 free_marker (XMARKER (p->start));
|
|
4916 p->start = Qnil;
|
|
4917 }
|
|
4918 if (!NILP (p->sb_point))
|
|
4919 {
|
|
4920 free_marker (XMARKER (p->sb_point));
|
|
4921 p->sb_point = Qnil;
|
|
4922 }
|
|
4923 if (!NILP (p->mark))
|
|
4924 {
|
|
4925 free_marker (XMARKER (p->mark));
|
|
4926 p->mark = Qnil;
|
|
4927 }
|
|
4928 }
|
|
4929
|
|
4930 if (config->saved_windows_count <= countof (Vwindow_configuration_free_list))
|
|
4931 free_managed_lcrecord (Vwindow_configuration_free_list
|
|
4932 [config->saved_windows_count - 1],
|
|
4933 window_config);
|
|
4934
|
|
4935 return Qnil;
|
|
4936 }
|
|
4937
|
|
4938 DEFUN ("set-window-configuration", Fset_window_configuration, 1, 1, 0, /*
|
|
4939 Set the configuration of windows and buffers as specified by CONFIGURATION.
|
|
4940 CONFIGURATION must be a value previously returned
|
|
4941 by `current-window-configuration' (which see).
|
|
4942 */
|
|
4943 (configuration))
|
|
4944 {
|
|
4945 struct window *w;
|
|
4946 struct window_config *config;
|
|
4947 struct saved_window *p;
|
|
4948 Lisp_Object new_current_buffer;
|
|
4949 int k;
|
|
4950 Lisp_Object frame;
|
|
4951 struct frame *f;
|
|
4952 struct gcpro gcpro1;
|
|
4953 Lisp_Object old_window_config;
|
|
4954 /* int previous_frame_height;
|
|
4955 int previous_frame_width;*/
|
|
4956 int previous_pixel_top;
|
|
4957 int previous_pixel_height;
|
|
4958 int previous_pixel_left;
|
|
4959 int previous_pixel_width;
|
|
4960 int previous_minibuf_height, previous_minibuf_top,previous_minibuf_width;
|
|
4961 int real_font_height;
|
438
|
4962 int converted_minibuf_height,target_minibuf_height;
|
428
|
4963 int specpdl_count = specpdl_depth ();
|
|
4964
|
|
4965 GCPRO1 (configuration);
|
|
4966
|
|
4967 CHECK_WINDOW_CONFIGURATION (configuration);
|
|
4968 config = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (configuration);
|
|
4969
|
|
4970 frame = XWINDOW (SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, 0)->window)->frame;
|
|
4971 f = XFRAME (frame);
|
|
4972
|
|
4973 /* Do not signal an error here if the frame was deleted. There are
|
|
4974 reasonable cases where we could get here with a deleted frame and
|
|
4975 just want to do close to nothing instead. */
|
|
4976
|
|
4977 if (FRAME_LIVE_P (f))
|
|
4978 {
|
|
4979 /* restore the frame characteristics */
|
|
4980
|
|
4981 new_current_buffer = config->current_buffer;
|
|
4982 if (!BUFFER_LIVE_P (XBUFFER (new_current_buffer)))
|
|
4983 new_current_buffer = Qnil;
|
|
4984
|
|
4985 /*
|
|
4986 * Assumed precondition: w->config_mark = 0 for all w
|
|
4987 * This procedure should ensure this is true by the time it exits
|
|
4988 * to ensure the precondition for future calls.
|
|
4989 *
|
|
4990 * We use w->config_mark to know whether we're modifying a
|
|
4991 * window that is currently visible on the frame (#### we
|
|
4992 * should just be able to check whether the window is dead
|
|
4993 * or not, but this way is safer?). As we process each
|
|
4994 * window, we set its config_mark to 0. At the end, we
|
|
4995 * go through all the windows that used to be on the frame,
|
|
4996 * set each one's config_mark to 0 (to maintain the
|
|
4997 * assumed precondition) and delete each one that's no
|
|
4998 * longer in use.
|
|
4999 *
|
|
5000 * #### Using a window-configuration to keep track of
|
|
5001 * the current windows is wasteful. All we need is the
|
|
5002 * list of windows, so we could just use a dynarr.
|
|
5003 */
|
|
5004 old_window_config = Fcurrent_window_configuration (frame);
|
|
5005
|
|
5006 /* If the new configuration is already equal to the old, then stop
|
|
5007 right here. This saves the work below and it also saves
|
|
5008 triggering a full redisplay of this window. This is a huge win
|
|
5009 when using the mouse since the mode motion code uses
|
|
5010 save-window-excursion extensively but will rarely cause the
|
|
5011 configuration to actually change. */
|
|
5012 if (window_config_equal (configuration, old_window_config))
|
|
5013 {
|
|
5014 free_window_configuration (old_window_config);
|
|
5015 UNGCPRO;
|
|
5016 return Qnil;
|
|
5017 }
|
|
5018
|
|
5019 /* We can't quit or even check for quit because that may cause
|
|
5020 investigation of the frame state, which may crash if the frame is
|
|
5021 in an inconsistent state. */
|
|
5022 begin_dont_check_for_quit ();
|
|
5023 record_unwind_protect (free_window_configuration, old_window_config);
|
|
5024
|
|
5025 mark_windows_in_use (f, 1);
|
|
5026
|
|
5027 #if 0
|
|
5028 /* JV: This is bogus,
|
|
5029 First of all, the units are inconsistent. The frame sizes are measured
|
438
|
5030 in characters but the window sizes are stored in pixels. So if a
|
428
|
5031 font size change happened between saving and restoring, the
|
|
5032 frame "sizes" maybe equal but the windows still should be
|
|
5033 resized. This is tickled alot by the new "character size
|
|
5034 stays constant" policy in 21.0. It leads to very wierd
|
|
5035 glitches (and possibly craches when asserts are tickled).
|
|
5036
|
|
5037 Just changing the units doens't help because changing the
|
|
5038 toolbar configuration can also change the pixel positions.
|
|
5039 Luckily there is a much simpler way of doing this, see below.
|
|
5040 */
|
|
5041 previous_frame_width = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
|
|
5042 previous_frame_height = FRAME_HEIGHT (f);
|
|
5043 /* If the frame has been resized since this window configuration was
|
|
5044 made, we change the frame to the size specified in the
|
|
5045 configuration, restore the configuration, and then resize it
|
|
5046 back. We keep track of the prevailing height in these variables. */
|
|
5047 if (config->frame_height != FRAME_HEIGHT (f)
|
|
5048 || config->frame_width != FRAME_WIDTH (f))
|
|
5049 change_frame_size (f, config->frame_height, config->frame_width, 0);
|
|
5050 #endif
|
438
|
5051
|
428
|
5052 previous_pixel_top = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->pixel_top;
|
|
5053 previous_pixel_height = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->pixel_height;
|
|
5054 previous_pixel_left = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->pixel_left;
|
|
5055 previous_pixel_width = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->pixel_width;
|
|
5056
|
|
5057 /* remember some properties of the minibuffer */
|
|
5058
|
|
5059 default_face_height_and_width (frame, &real_font_height, 0);
|
|
5060 assert(real_font_height > 0);
|
438
|
5061
|
428
|
5062 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && ! FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
|
|
5063 {
|
|
5064 previous_minibuf_height
|
|
5065 = XWINDOW(FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f))->pixel_height;
|
|
5066 previous_minibuf_top
|
|
5067 = XWINDOW(FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f))->pixel_top;
|
|
5068 previous_minibuf_width
|
|
5069 = XWINDOW(FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f))->pixel_width;
|
|
5070 }
|
|
5071 else
|
|
5072 {
|
|
5073 previous_minibuf_height = 0;
|
438
|
5074 previous_minibuf_top = 0;
|
428
|
5075 previous_minibuf_width = 0;
|
|
5076 }
|
|
5077 converted_minibuf_height =
|
|
5078 (previous_minibuf_height % real_font_height) == 0 ?
|
|
5079 - (previous_minibuf_height / real_font_height ) : /* lines */
|
|
5080 previous_minibuf_height; /* pixels */
|
438
|
5081
|
428
|
5082 /* Temporarily avoid any problems with windows that are smaller
|
|
5083 than they are supposed to be. */
|
|
5084 window_min_height = 1;
|
|
5085 window_min_width = 1;
|
|
5086
|
|
5087 /* OK, now restore all the windows in the window config.
|
|
5088 This may involve "undeleting" windows, since the
|
|
5089 windows in the window config may be deleted.
|
|
5090 */
|
|
5091 for (k = 0; k < config->saved_windows_count; k++)
|
|
5092 {
|
|
5093 p = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, k);
|
|
5094 w = XWINDOW (p->window);
|
|
5095 w->next = Qnil;
|
|
5096
|
|
5097 /* The window might be dead. In this case, its redisplay
|
|
5098 structures were freed, so we need to reallocate them. */
|
|
5099 if (!w->face_cachels)
|
|
5100 {
|
|
5101 w->face_cachels = Dynarr_new (face_cachel);
|
|
5102 reset_face_cachels (w);
|
|
5103 }
|
|
5104 if (!w->glyph_cachels)
|
|
5105 w->glyph_cachels = Dynarr_new (glyph_cachel);
|
|
5106 if (!w->line_start_cache)
|
|
5107 w->line_start_cache = Dynarr_new (line_start_cache);
|
|
5108 w->dead = 0;
|
|
5109
|
|
5110 if (p->parent_index >= 0)
|
|
5111 w->parent = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, p->parent_index)->window;
|
|
5112 else
|
|
5113 w->parent = Qnil;
|
|
5114
|
|
5115 if (p->prev_index >= 0)
|
|
5116 {
|
|
5117 w->prev = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, p->prev_index)->window;
|
|
5118
|
|
5119 /* This is true for a minibuffer-only frame. */
|
|
5120 if (!NILP (w->mini_p) && EQ (w->prev, p->window))
|
|
5121 w->next = Qnil;
|
|
5122 else
|
|
5123 XWINDOW (w->prev)->next = p->window;
|
|
5124 }
|
|
5125 else
|
|
5126 {
|
|
5127 w->prev = Qnil;
|
|
5128 if (!NILP (w->parent))
|
|
5129 {
|
|
5130 if (WINDOW_WIDTH (p) == WINDOW_WIDTH (XWINDOW (w->parent)))
|
|
5131 {
|
|
5132 XWINDOW (w->parent)->vchild = p->window;
|
|
5133 XWINDOW (w->parent)->hchild = Qnil;
|
|
5134 }
|
|
5135 else
|
|
5136 {
|
|
5137 XWINDOW (w->parent)->hchild = p->window;
|
|
5138 XWINDOW (w->parent)->vchild = Qnil;
|
|
5139 }
|
|
5140 }
|
|
5141 }
|
|
5142 if (!w->config_mark)
|
|
5143 {
|
|
5144 /* #### This should be equivalent to the window previously
|
|
5145 having been dead. If we're brave, we'll put in an
|
|
5146 assertion to this effect. */
|
|
5147 MARK_FRAME_WINDOWS_STRUCTURE_CHANGED (f);
|
|
5148 }
|
|
5149 else /* if (!EQ (w->buffer, p->buffer)) */
|
|
5150 {
|
|
5151 /* With the new redisplay we let it know that a change has
|
|
5152 been made and it will take care of the rest. If we don't
|
|
5153 tell it something has possibly changed it could lead to
|
|
5154 incorrect display. */
|
|
5155 MARK_WINDOWS_CHANGED (w);
|
|
5156 }
|
|
5157
|
|
5158 WINDOW_LEFT (w) = WINDOW_LEFT (p);
|
|
5159 WINDOW_TOP (w) = WINDOW_TOP (p);
|
|
5160 WINDOW_WIDTH (w) = WINDOW_WIDTH (p);
|
|
5161 WINDOW_HEIGHT (w) = WINDOW_HEIGHT (p);
|
|
5162 w->hscroll = p->hscroll;
|
|
5163 w->modeline_hscroll = p->modeline_hscroll;
|
|
5164 w->line_cache_last_updated = Qzero;
|
|
5165 SET_LAST_MODIFIED (w, 1);
|
|
5166 SET_LAST_FACECHANGE (w);
|
|
5167 w->config_mark = 0;
|
|
5168
|
|
5169 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) w->slot = p->slot
|
|
5170 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
5171
|
|
5172 /* Reinstall the saved buffer and pointers into it. */
|
|
5173 if (NILP (p->buffer))
|
|
5174 w->buffer = p->buffer;
|
|
5175 else
|
|
5176 {
|
|
5177 if (BUFFER_LIVE_P (XBUFFER (p->buffer)))
|
|
5178 /* If saved buffer is alive, install it. */
|
|
5179 {
|
|
5180 w->buffer = p->buffer;
|
|
5181 w->start_at_line_beg = p->start_at_line_beg;
|
|
5182 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
5183 Fmarker_position (p->start),
|
|
5184 w->buffer);
|
|
5185 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
5186 Fmarker_position (p->pointm),
|
|
5187 w->buffer);
|
|
5188 set_marker_restricted (w->sb_point,
|
|
5189 Fmarker_position (p->sb_point),
|
|
5190 w->buffer);
|
|
5191 Fset_marker (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark,
|
|
5192 Fmarker_position (p->mark), w->buffer);
|
|
5193
|
|
5194 /* As documented in Fcurrent_window_configuration, don't
|
|
5195 save the location of point in the buffer which was current
|
|
5196 when the window configuration was recorded. */
|
|
5197 if (!EQ (p->buffer, new_current_buffer) &&
|
|
5198 XBUFFER (p->buffer) == current_buffer)
|
|
5199 Fgoto_char (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP], Qnil);
|
|
5200 }
|
|
5201 else if (NILP (w->buffer) ||
|
|
5202 !BUFFER_LIVE_P (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
|
5203 /* Else if window's old buffer is dead too, get a live one. */
|
|
5204 {
|
|
5205 /* #### The following line makes me nervous... */
|
|
5206 /* w->buffer = Fcdr (Fcar (XFRAME (w->frame)->buffer_alist));*/
|
|
5207 w->buffer = Fget_buffer_create (QSscratch);
|
|
5208 /* w->buffer = Fother_buffer (Qnil, w->frame, Qnil); */
|
|
5209 /* This will set the markers to beginning of visible
|
|
5210 range. */
|
|
5211 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], Qzero, w->buffer);
|
|
5212 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP], Qzero,
|
|
5213 w->buffer);
|
|
5214 set_marker_restricted (w->sb_point, Qzero, w->buffer);
|
|
5215 w->start_at_line_beg = 1;
|
|
5216 }
|
|
5217 else
|
|
5218 /* Keeping window's old buffer; make sure the markers
|
|
5219 are real. */
|
|
5220 {
|
|
5221 /* Set window markers at start of visible range. */
|
|
5222 if (XMARKER (w->start[CURRENT_DISP])->buffer == 0)
|
|
5223 set_marker_restricted (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], Qzero,
|
|
5224 w->buffer);
|
|
5225 if (XMARKER (w->sb_point)->buffer == 0)
|
|
5226 set_marker_restricted (w->sb_point, Qzero, w->buffer);
|
|
5227 if (XMARKER (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP])->buffer == 0)
|
|
5228 set_marker_restricted (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP],
|
|
5229 make_int
|
|
5230 (BUF_PT (XBUFFER (w->buffer))),
|
|
5231 w->buffer);
|
|
5232 w->start_at_line_beg = 1;
|
|
5233 }
|
|
5234 }
|
|
5235 }
|
|
5236
|
|
5237 FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f) = config->root_window;
|
|
5238 /* Note that FSFmacs unilaterally calls Fselect_window() here, and
|
|
5239 then calls do_switch_frame() below to select the frame that was
|
|
5240 recorded in the window config as being selected.
|
|
5241
|
|
5242 Instead, we don't ever change the selected frame, and either
|
|
5243 call Fselect_window() below if the window config's frame is
|
|
5244 currently selected, or just set the selected window of the
|
|
5245 window config's frame. */
|
|
5246
|
|
5247 #if 0
|
|
5248 /* Set the frame height to the value it had before this function. */
|
|
5249 if (previous_frame_height != FRAME_HEIGHT (f)
|
|
5250 || previous_frame_width != FRAME_WIDTH (f))
|
|
5251 change_frame_size (f, previous_frame_height, previous_frame_width, 0);
|
|
5252 #endif
|
|
5253 /* We just reset the size and position of the minibuffer, to its old
|
|
5254 value, which needn't be valid. So we do some magic to see which value
|
|
5255 to actually take. Then we set it.
|
|
5256
|
|
5257 The magic:
|
|
5258 We take the old value if is in the same units but differs from the
|
|
5259 current value.
|
|
5260
|
|
5261 #### Now we get more cases correct then ever before, but
|
|
5262 are we treating all? For instance what if the frames minibuf window
|
438
|
5263 is no longer the same one?
|
428
|
5264 */
|
|
5265 target_minibuf_height = previous_minibuf_height;
|
|
5266 if (converted_minibuf_height &&
|
|
5267 (converted_minibuf_height * config->minibuf_height) > 0 &&
|
|
5268 (converted_minibuf_height != config->minibuf_height))
|
|
5269 {
|
|
5270 target_minibuf_height = config->minibuf_height < 0 ?
|
|
5271 - (config->minibuf_height * real_font_height) :
|
|
5272 config->minibuf_height;
|
|
5273 target_minibuf_height =
|
|
5274 max(target_minibuf_height,real_font_height);
|
|
5275 }
|
|
5276 if (previous_minibuf_height)
|
|
5277 {
|
|
5278 XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->pixel_top
|
|
5279 = previous_minibuf_top -
|
|
5280 (target_minibuf_height - previous_minibuf_height);
|
|
5281 set_window_pixheight (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f),
|
|
5282 target_minibuf_height, 0);
|
|
5283 set_window_pixwidth (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f),
|
|
5284 previous_minibuf_width, 0);
|
|
5285 }
|
438
|
5286
|
428
|
5287 /* This is a better way to deal with frame resizing, etc.
|
|
5288 What we _actually_ want is for the old (just restored)
|
|
5289 root window to fit
|
|
5290 into the place of the new one. So we just do that. Simple! */
|
|
5291 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->pixel_top = previous_pixel_top;
|
|
5292 /* Note that this function also updates the subwindow
|
|
5293 "pixel_top"s */
|
|
5294 set_window_pixheight (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f),
|
|
5295 previous_pixel_height -
|
|
5296 (target_minibuf_height - previous_minibuf_height), 0);
|
|
5297 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->pixel_left = previous_pixel_left;
|
|
5298 /* Note that this function also updates the subwindow
|
|
5299 "pixel_left"s */
|
|
5300 set_window_pixwidth (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), previous_pixel_width, 0);
|
438
|
5301
|
428
|
5302 /* If restoring in the current frame make the window current,
|
|
5303 otherwise just update the frame selected_window slot to be
|
|
5304 the restored current_window. */
|
|
5305 if (f == selected_frame ())
|
|
5306 {
|
|
5307 /* When using `pop-window-configuration', often the minibuffer
|
|
5308 ends up as the selected window even though it's not active ...
|
|
5309 I really don't know the cause of this, but it should never
|
|
5310 happen. This kludge should fix it.
|
|
5311
|
|
5312 #### Find out why this is really going wrong. */
|
|
5313 if (!minibuf_level &&
|
|
5314 MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (config->current_window)))
|
|
5315 Fselect_window (Fnext_window (config->current_window,
|
|
5316 Qnil, Qnil, Qnil),
|
|
5317 Qnil);
|
|
5318 else
|
|
5319 Fselect_window (config->current_window, Qnil);
|
|
5320 if (!NILP (new_current_buffer))
|
|
5321 Fset_buffer (new_current_buffer);
|
|
5322 else
|
|
5323 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (Fselected_window (Qnil))->buffer);
|
|
5324 }
|
|
5325 else
|
|
5326 set_frame_selected_window (f, config->current_window);
|
|
5327 }
|
|
5328 else
|
|
5329 old_window_config = Qnil; /* Warning suppression */
|
|
5330
|
|
5331 /* Restore the minimum heights recorded in the configuration. */
|
|
5332 window_min_height = config->min_height;
|
|
5333 window_min_width = config->min_width;
|
|
5334
|
|
5335 #if 0 /* FSFmacs */
|
|
5336 /* see above comment */
|
|
5337 /* Fselect_window will have made f the selected frame, so we
|
|
5338 reselect the proper frame here. Fhandle_switch_frame will change the
|
|
5339 selected window too, but that doesn't make the call to
|
|
5340 Fselect_window above totally superfluous; it still sets f's
|
|
5341 selected window. */
|
|
5342 if (FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (config->selected_frame)))
|
|
5343 do_switch_frame (config->selected_frame, Qnil, 0);
|
|
5344 #endif
|
|
5345
|
|
5346 Vminibuffer_scroll_window = config->minibuffer_scroll_window;
|
|
5347
|
|
5348 if (FRAME_LIVE_P (f))
|
|
5349 {
|
|
5350 /* Do this before calling recompute_all_cached_specifiers_in_window()
|
|
5351 so that things like redisplay_redraw_cursor() won't abort due
|
|
5352 to no window mirror present. */
|
|
5353 f->mirror_dirty = 1;
|
|
5354
|
|
5355 config = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (old_window_config);
|
|
5356 for (k = 0; k < config->saved_windows_count; k++)
|
|
5357 {
|
|
5358 p = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, k);
|
|
5359 w = XWINDOW (p->window);
|
|
5360 /* Remember, we set w->config_mark on all currently visible
|
|
5361 windows, and reset it on all newly visible windows.
|
|
5362 Any windows still marked need to be deleted. */
|
|
5363 if (w->config_mark)
|
|
5364 {
|
|
5365 mark_window_as_deleted (w);
|
|
5366 w->config_mark = 0;
|
|
5367 }
|
|
5368 else
|
|
5369 {
|
|
5370 /* We just potentially changed the window's buffer and
|
|
5371 potentially turned a dead window into a live one,
|
|
5372 so we need to recompute the cached specifier values. */
|
|
5373 recompute_all_cached_specifiers_in_window (w);
|
|
5374 }
|
|
5375 }
|
|
5376 }
|
|
5377
|
|
5378 /* Now restore things, when everything else if OK. */
|
|
5379
|
|
5380 unbind_to (specpdl_count, Qnil);
|
|
5381
|
|
5382 UNGCPRO;
|
|
5383
|
|
5384 return Qnil;
|
|
5385 }
|
|
5386
|
|
5387 /* Mark all subwindows of a window as deleted. The argument
|
|
5388 W is actually the subwindow tree of the window in question. */
|
|
5389
|
|
5390 void
|
|
5391 delete_all_subwindows (struct window *w)
|
|
5392 {
|
|
5393 if (!NILP (w->next)) delete_all_subwindows (XWINDOW (w->next));
|
|
5394 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) delete_all_subwindows (XWINDOW (w->vchild));
|
|
5395 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) delete_all_subwindows (XWINDOW (w->hchild));
|
|
5396
|
|
5397 mark_window_as_deleted (w);
|
|
5398 }
|
|
5399
|
|
5400
|
|
5401 static int
|
|
5402 count_windows (struct window *window)
|
|
5403 {
|
|
5404 return 1 +
|
|
5405 (!NILP (window->next) ? count_windows (XWINDOW (window->next)) : 0) +
|
|
5406 (!NILP (window->vchild) ? count_windows (XWINDOW (window->vchild)) : 0) +
|
|
5407 (!NILP (window->hchild) ? count_windows (XWINDOW (window->hchild)) : 0);
|
|
5408 }
|
|
5409
|
|
5410 static int
|
|
5411 saved_window_index (Lisp_Object window, struct window_config *config, int lim)
|
|
5412 {
|
|
5413 int j;
|
|
5414 for (j = 0; j < lim; j++)
|
|
5415 {
|
|
5416 if (EQ (SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, j)->window, window))
|
|
5417 return j;
|
|
5418 }
|
|
5419 abort ();
|
|
5420 return 0; /* suppress compiler warning */
|
|
5421 }
|
|
5422
|
|
5423 static int
|
|
5424 save_window_save (Lisp_Object window, struct window_config *config, int i)
|
|
5425 {
|
|
5426 struct window *w;
|
|
5427
|
|
5428 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
|
|
5429 {
|
|
5430 struct saved_window *p = SAVED_WINDOW_N (config, i);
|
|
5431
|
|
5432 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
|
5433 i++;
|
|
5434 p->window = window;
|
|
5435 p->buffer = w->buffer;
|
|
5436 WINDOW_LEFT (p) = WINDOW_LEFT (w);
|
|
5437 WINDOW_TOP (p) = WINDOW_TOP (w);
|
|
5438 WINDOW_WIDTH (p) = WINDOW_WIDTH (w);
|
|
5439 WINDOW_HEIGHT (p) = WINDOW_HEIGHT (w);
|
|
5440 p->hscroll = w->hscroll;
|
|
5441 p->modeline_hscroll = w->modeline_hscroll;
|
|
5442
|
|
5443 #define WINDOW_SLOT(slot, compare) p->slot = w->slot
|
|
5444 #include "winslots.h"
|
|
5445
|
|
5446 if (!NILP (w->buffer))
|
|
5447 {
|
|
5448 /* Save w's value of point in the window configuration.
|
|
5449 If w is the selected window, then get the value of point
|
|
5450 from the buffer; pointm is garbage in the selected window. */
|
|
5451 if (EQ (window, Fselected_window (Qnil)))
|
|
5452 {
|
|
5453 p->pointm = noseeum_make_marker ();
|
|
5454 Fset_marker (p->pointm,
|
|
5455 make_int (BUF_PT (XBUFFER (w->buffer))),
|
|
5456 w->buffer);
|
|
5457 }
|
|
5458 else
|
|
5459 p->pointm = noseeum_copy_marker (w->pointm[CURRENT_DISP], Qnil);
|
|
5460
|
|
5461 p->start = noseeum_copy_marker (w->start[CURRENT_DISP], Qnil);
|
|
5462 p->sb_point = noseeum_copy_marker (w->sb_point, Qnil);
|
|
5463 p->start_at_line_beg = w->start_at_line_beg;
|
|
5464
|
|
5465 p->mark = noseeum_copy_marker (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark, Qnil);
|
|
5466 }
|
|
5467 else
|
|
5468 {
|
|
5469 p->pointm = Qnil;
|
|
5470 p->start = Qnil;
|
|
5471 p->sb_point = Qnil;
|
|
5472 p->mark = Qnil;
|
|
5473 p->start_at_line_beg = 0;
|
|
5474 }
|
|
5475
|
|
5476 if (NILP (w->parent))
|
|
5477 p->parent_index = -1;
|
|
5478 else
|
|
5479 p->parent_index = saved_window_index (w->parent, config, i);
|
|
5480 if (NILP (w->prev))
|
|
5481 p->prev_index = -1;
|
|
5482 else
|
|
5483 p->prev_index = saved_window_index (w->prev, config, i);
|
|
5484 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
|
|
5485 i = save_window_save (w->vchild, config, i);
|
|
5486 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
|
|
5487 i = save_window_save (w->hchild, config, i);
|
|
5488 }
|
|
5489
|
|
5490 return i;
|
|
5491 }
|
|
5492
|
|
5493 #if 0 /* FSFmacs */
|
|
5494 /* Added to doc string:
|
|
5495
|
|
5496 This also records the currently selected frame, and FRAME's focus
|
|
5497 redirection (see `redirect-frame-focus').
|
|
5498
|
|
5499 */
|
|
5500 #endif
|
|
5501
|
|
5502 DEFUN ("current-window-configuration", Fcurrent_window_configuration, 0, 1, 0, /*
|
|
5503 Return an object representing the current window configuration of FRAME.
|
|
5504 If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
|
|
5505 This describes the number of windows, their sizes and current buffers,
|
|
5506 and for each displayed buffer, where display starts, and the positions of
|
|
5507 point and mark. An exception is made for point in the current buffer:
|
|
5508 its value is -not- saved.
|
|
5509 */
|
|
5510 (frame))
|
|
5511 {
|
|
5512 Lisp_Object result;
|
|
5513 struct frame *f = decode_frame (frame);
|
|
5514 struct window_config *config;
|
|
5515 int n_windows = count_windows (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
|
|
5516 int minibuf_height;
|
|
5517 int real_font_height;
|
|
5518
|
|
5519 if (n_windows <= countof (Vwindow_configuration_free_list))
|
|
5520 config = XWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (allocate_managed_lcrecord
|
|
5521 (Vwindow_configuration_free_list
|
|
5522 [n_windows - 1]));
|
|
5523 else
|
|
5524 /* More than ten windows; just allocate directly */
|
|
5525 config = (struct window_config *)
|
|
5526 alloc_lcrecord (sizeof_window_config_for_n_windows (n_windows),
|
|
5527 &lrecord_window_configuration);
|
|
5528 XSETWINDOW_CONFIGURATION (result, config);
|
|
5529 /*
|
|
5530 config->frame_width = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
|
|
5531 config->frame_height = FRAME_HEIGHT (f); */
|
|
5532 config->current_window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
|
|
5533 XSETBUFFER (config->current_buffer, current_buffer);
|
|
5534 config->minibuffer_scroll_window = Vminibuffer_scroll_window;
|
|
5535 config->root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f);
|
|
5536 config->min_height = window_min_height;
|
|
5537 config->min_width = window_min_width;
|
|
5538 config->saved_windows_count = n_windows;
|
|
5539 save_window_save (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), config, 0);
|
|
5540
|
|
5541 /* save the minibuffer height using the heuristics from
|
|
5542 change_frame_size_1 */
|
438
|
5543
|
428
|
5544 XSETFRAME (frame, f); /* frame could have been nil ! */
|
|
5545 default_face_height_and_width (frame, &real_font_height, 0);
|
|
5546 assert(real_font_height > 0);
|
438
|
5547
|
428
|
5548 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && ! FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
|
|
5549 minibuf_height = XWINDOW(FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f))->pixel_height;
|
|
5550 else
|
|
5551 minibuf_height = 0;
|
|
5552 config->minibuf_height = (minibuf_height % real_font_height) == 0 ?
|
|
5553 - (minibuf_height / real_font_height ) : /* lines */
|
|
5554 minibuf_height; /* pixels */
|
|
5555
|
|
5556 return result;
|
|
5557 }
|
|
5558
|
|
5559 Lisp_Object
|
|
5560 save_window_excursion_unwind (Lisp_Object window_config)
|
|
5561 {
|
|
5562 Lisp_Object val = Fset_window_configuration (window_config);
|
|
5563 free_window_configuration (window_config);
|
|
5564 return val;
|
|
5565 }
|
|
5566
|
|
5567 DEFUN ("save-window-excursion", Fsave_window_excursion, 0, UNEVALLED, 0, /*
|
|
5568 Execute body, preserving window sizes and contents.
|
|
5569 Restores which buffer appears in which window, where display starts,
|
|
5570 as well as the current buffer.
|
|
5571 Does not restore the value of point in current buffer.
|
|
5572 */
|
|
5573 (args))
|
|
5574 {
|
|
5575 /* This function can GC */
|
|
5576 Lisp_Object val;
|
|
5577 int speccount = specpdl_depth ();
|
|
5578
|
|
5579 record_unwind_protect (save_window_excursion_unwind,
|
|
5580 Fcurrent_window_configuration (Qnil));
|
|
5581 val = Fprogn (args);
|
|
5582 return unbind_to (speccount, val);
|
|
5583 }
|
|
5584
|
|
5585 DEFUN ("current-pixel-column", Fcurrent_pixel_column, 0, 2, 0, /*
|
|
5586 Return the horizontal pixel position of POS in window.
|
|
5587 Beginning of line is column 0. This is calculated using the redisplay
|
|
5588 display tables. If WINDOW is nil, the current window is assumed.
|
|
5589 If POS is nil, point is assumed. Note that POS must be visible for
|
|
5590 a non-nil result to be returned.
|
|
5591 */
|
|
5592 (window, pos))
|
|
5593 {
|
|
5594 struct window* w = decode_window (window);
|
|
5595 display_line_dynarr *dla = window_display_lines (w, CURRENT_DISP);
|
|
5596
|
|
5597 struct display_line *dl = 0;
|
|
5598 struct display_block *db = 0;
|
|
5599 struct rune* rb = 0;
|
|
5600 int y = w->last_point_y[CURRENT_DISP];
|
|
5601 int x = w->last_point_x[CURRENT_DISP];
|
|
5602
|
|
5603 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
|
|
5604 return Qnil;
|
|
5605
|
|
5606 if (y<0 || x<0 || y >= Dynarr_length (dla) || !NILP (pos))
|
|
5607 {
|
|
5608 int first_line, i;
|
|
5609 Bufpos point;
|
|
5610
|
|
5611 if (NILP (pos))
|
|
5612 pos = Fwindow_point (window);
|
438
|
5613
|
428
|
5614 CHECK_INT (pos);
|
|
5615 point = XINT (pos);
|
|
5616
|
|
5617 if (Dynarr_length (dla) && Dynarr_atp (dla, 0)->modeline)
|
|
5618 first_line = 1;
|
|
5619 else
|
|
5620 first_line = 0;
|
|
5621
|
|
5622 for (i = first_line; i < Dynarr_length (dla); i++)
|
|
5623 {
|
|
5624 dl = Dynarr_atp (dla, i);
|
|
5625 /* find the vertical location first */
|
|
5626 if (point >= dl->bufpos && point <= dl->end_bufpos)
|
|
5627 {
|
|
5628 db = get_display_block_from_line (dl, TEXT);
|
|
5629 for (i = 0; i < Dynarr_length (db->runes); i++)
|
|
5630 {
|
|
5631 rb = Dynarr_atp (db->runes, i);
|
|
5632 if (point <= rb->bufpos)
|
|
5633 goto found_bufpos;
|
|
5634 }
|
|
5635 return Qnil;
|
|
5636 }
|
|
5637 }
|
|
5638 return Qnil;
|
|
5639 found_bufpos:
|
|
5640 ;
|
|
5641 }
|
|
5642 else
|
|
5643 {
|
|
5644 /* optimised case */
|
|
5645 dl = Dynarr_atp (dla, y);
|
|
5646 db = get_display_block_from_line (dl, TEXT);
|
|
5647
|
|
5648 if (x >= Dynarr_length (db->runes))
|
|
5649 return Qnil;
|
|
5650
|
|
5651 rb = Dynarr_atp (db->runes, x);
|
|
5652 }
|
|
5653
|
|
5654 return make_int (rb->xpos - WINDOW_LEFT (w));
|
|
5655 }
|
|
5656
|
|
5657
|
|
5658 #ifdef DEBUG_XEMACS
|
|
5659 /* This is short and simple in elisp, but... it was written to debug
|
|
5660 problems purely on the C side. That is where we need to call it so
|
|
5661 here it is. */
|
|
5662 static void
|
|
5663 debug_print_window (Lisp_Object window, int level)
|
|
5664 {
|
|
5665 int i;
|
|
5666 Lisp_Object child = Fwindow_first_vchild (window);
|
|
5667
|
|
5668 if (NILP (child))
|
|
5669 child = Fwindow_first_hchild (window);
|
|
5670
|
|
5671 for (i = level; i > 0; i--)
|
|
5672 putc ('\t', stderr);
|
|
5673
|
|
5674 fputs ("#<window", stderr);
|
|
5675 {
|
|
5676 Lisp_Object buffer = XWINDOW (window)->buffer;
|
|
5677 if (!NILP (buffer) && BUFFERP (buffer))
|
|
5678 fprintf (stderr, " on %s", XSTRING_DATA (XBUFFER (buffer)->name));
|
|
5679 }
|
|
5680 fprintf (stderr, " 0x%x>", XWINDOW (window)->header.uid);
|
|
5681
|
|
5682 while (!NILP (child))
|
|
5683 {
|
|
5684 debug_print_window (child, level + 1);
|
|
5685 child = Fwindow_next_child (child);
|
|
5686 }
|
|
5687 }
|
|
5688
|
|
5689 void debug_print_windows (struct frame *f);
|
|
5690 void
|
|
5691 debug_print_windows (struct frame *f)
|
|
5692 {
|
|
5693 debug_print_window (f->root_window, 0);
|
|
5694 putc ('\n', stderr);
|
|
5695 }
|
|
5696 #endif /* DEBUG_XEMACS */
|
|
5697
|
|
5698
|
|
5699 /************************************************************************/
|
|
5700 /* initialization */
|
|
5701 /************************************************************************/
|
|
5702
|
|
5703 void
|
|
5704 syms_of_window (void)
|
|
5705 {
|
|
5706 defsymbol (&Qwindowp, "windowp");
|
|
5707 defsymbol (&Qwindow_live_p, "window-live-p");
|
|
5708 defsymbol (&Qwindow_configurationp, "window-configuration-p");
|
|
5709 defsymbol (&Qtemp_buffer_show_hook, "temp-buffer-show-hook");
|
|
5710 defsymbol (&Qdisplay_buffer, "display-buffer");
|
|
5711
|
|
5712 #ifdef MEMORY_USAGE_STATS
|
|
5713 defsymbol (&Qface_cache, "face-cache");
|
|
5714 defsymbol (&Qglyph_cache, "glyph-cache");
|
|
5715 defsymbol (&Qline_start_cache, "line-start-cache");
|
|
5716 #ifdef HAVE_SCROLLBARS
|
|
5717 defsymbol (&Qscrollbar_instances, "scrollbar-instances");
|
|
5718 #endif
|
|
5719 defsymbol (&Qother_redisplay, "other-redisplay");
|
|
5720 /* Qother in general.c */
|
|
5721 #endif
|
|
5722
|
|
5723 DEFSUBR (Fselected_window);
|
|
5724 DEFSUBR (Flast_nonminibuf_window);
|
|
5725 DEFSUBR (Fminibuffer_window);
|
|
5726 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_minibuffer_p);
|
|
5727 DEFSUBR (Fwindowp);
|
|
5728 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_live_p);
|
|
5729 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_first_hchild);
|
|
5730 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_first_vchild);
|
|
5731 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_next_child);
|
|
5732 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_previous_child);
|
|
5733 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_parent);
|
|
5734 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_lowest_p);
|
|
5735 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_truncated_p);
|
|
5736 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_highest_p);
|
|
5737 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_leftmost_p);
|
|
5738 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_rightmost_p);
|
|
5739 DEFSUBR (Fpos_visible_in_window_p);
|
|
5740 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_buffer);
|
|
5741 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_frame);
|
|
5742 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_height);
|
|
5743 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_displayed_height);
|
|
5744 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_width);
|
|
5745 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_pixel_height);
|
|
5746 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_pixel_width);
|
|
5747 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_text_area_pixel_height);
|
|
5748 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_displayed_text_pixel_height);
|
|
5749 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_text_area_pixel_width);
|
|
5750 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_hscroll);
|
438
|
5751 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_hscroll);
|
428
|
5752 DEFSUBR (Fmodeline_hscroll);
|
|
5753 DEFSUBR (Fset_modeline_hscroll);
|
|
5754 #if 0 /* bogus FSF crock */
|
|
5755 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_redisplay_end_trigger);
|
|
5756 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_redisplay_end_trigger);
|
|
5757 #endif
|
|
5758 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_pixel_edges);
|
|
5759 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_text_area_pixel_edges);
|
|
5760 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_point);
|
|
5761 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_start);
|
|
5762 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_end);
|
|
5763 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_point);
|
|
5764 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_start);
|
|
5765 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_dedicated_p);
|
|
5766 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_dedicated_p);
|
|
5767 DEFSUBR (Fnext_window);
|
|
5768 DEFSUBR (Fprevious_window);
|
|
5769 DEFSUBR (Fnext_vertical_window);
|
|
5770 DEFSUBR (Fother_window);
|
|
5771 DEFSUBR (Fget_lru_window);
|
|
5772 DEFSUBR (Fget_largest_window);
|
|
5773 DEFSUBR (Fget_buffer_window);
|
|
5774 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_left_margin_pixel_width);
|
|
5775 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_right_margin_pixel_width);
|
|
5776 DEFSUBR (Fdelete_other_windows);
|
|
5777 DEFSUBR (Fdelete_windows_on);
|
|
5778 DEFSUBR (Freplace_buffer_in_windows);
|
|
5779 DEFSUBR (Fdelete_window);
|
|
5780 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_buffer);
|
|
5781 DEFSUBR (Fselect_window);
|
|
5782 DEFSUBR (Fsplit_window);
|
|
5783 DEFSUBR (Fenlarge_window);
|
|
5784 DEFSUBR (Fenlarge_window_pixels);
|
|
5785 DEFSUBR (Fshrink_window);
|
|
5786 DEFSUBR (Fshrink_window_pixels);
|
|
5787 DEFSUBR (Fscroll_up);
|
|
5788 DEFSUBR (Fscroll_down);
|
|
5789 DEFSUBR (Fscroll_left);
|
|
5790 DEFSUBR (Fscroll_right);
|
|
5791 DEFSUBR (Fother_window_for_scrolling);
|
|
5792 DEFSUBR (Fscroll_other_window);
|
|
5793 DEFSUBR (Fcenter_to_window_line);
|
|
5794 DEFSUBR (Fmove_to_window_line);
|
|
5795 #ifdef MEMORY_USAGE_STATS
|
|
5796 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_memory_usage);
|
|
5797 #endif
|
|
5798 DEFSUBR (Fwindow_configuration_p);
|
|
5799 DEFSUBR (Fset_window_configuration);
|
|
5800 DEFSUBR (Fcurrent_window_configuration);
|
|
5801 DEFSUBR (Fsave_window_excursion);
|
|
5802 DEFSUBR (Fcurrent_pixel_column);
|
|
5803 }
|
|
5804
|
|
5805 void
|
|
5806 reinit_vars_of_window (void)
|
|
5807 {
|
|
5808 int i;
|
|
5809 /* Make sure all windows get marked */
|
|
5810 minibuf_window = Qnil;
|
|
5811 staticpro_nodump (&minibuf_window);
|
|
5812
|
|
5813 for (i = 0; i < countof (Vwindow_configuration_free_list); i++)
|
|
5814 {
|
|
5815 Vwindow_configuration_free_list[i] =
|
|
5816 make_lcrecord_list (sizeof_window_config_for_n_windows (i + 1),
|
|
5817 &lrecord_window_configuration);
|
|
5818 staticpro_nodump (&Vwindow_configuration_free_list[i]);
|
|
5819 }
|
|
5820 }
|
|
5821
|
|
5822 void
|
|
5823 vars_of_window (void)
|
|
5824 {
|
|
5825 reinit_vars_of_window ();
|
|
5826
|
|
5827 DEFVAR_BOOL ("scroll-on-clipped-lines", &scroll_on_clipped_lines /*
|
|
5828 *Non-nil means to scroll if point lands on a line which is clipped.
|
|
5829 */ );
|
|
5830 scroll_on_clipped_lines = 1;
|
|
5831
|
|
5832 DEFVAR_LISP ("temp-buffer-show-hook", &Vtemp_buffer_show_hook /*
|
|
5833 See `temp-buffer-show-function'.
|
|
5834 */ );
|
|
5835 Vtemp_buffer_show_hook = Qnil;
|
|
5836
|
|
5837 DEFVAR_LISP ("temp-buffer-show-function", &Vtemp_buffer_show_function /*
|
|
5838 Non-nil means call as function to display a help buffer.
|
|
5839 The function is called with one argument, the buffer to be displayed.
|
|
5840 Used by `with-output-to-temp-buffer'.
|
|
5841 If this function is used, then it must do the entire job of showing
|
|
5842 the buffer; `temp-buffer-show-hook' is not run unless this function runs it.
|
|
5843 */ );
|
|
5844 Vtemp_buffer_show_function = Qnil;
|
|
5845
|
|
5846 DEFVAR_LISP ("minibuffer-scroll-window", &Vminibuffer_scroll_window /*
|
|
5847 Non-nil means it is the window that \\<minibuffer-local-map>\\[scroll-other-window] in minibuffer should scroll.
|
|
5848 */ );
|
|
5849 Vminibuffer_scroll_window = Qnil;
|
|
5850
|
|
5851 DEFVAR_LISP ("other-window-scroll-buffer", &Vother_window_scroll_buffer /*
|
|
5852 If non-nil, this is a buffer and \\[scroll-other-window] should scroll its window.
|
|
5853 */ );
|
|
5854 Vother_window_scroll_buffer = Qnil;
|
|
5855
|
|
5856 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-pixel-scroll-increment", &Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment /*
|
|
5857 *Number of pixels to scroll by per requested line.
|
|
5858 If nil then normal line scrolling occurs regardless of line height.
|
|
5859 If t then scrolling is done in increments equal to the height of the default face.
|
|
5860 */ );
|
|
5861 Vwindow_pixel_scroll_increment = Qt;
|
|
5862
|
|
5863 DEFVAR_INT ("next-screen-context-lines", &next_screen_context_lines /*
|
|
5864 *Number of lines of continuity when scrolling by screenfuls.
|
|
5865 */ );
|
|
5866 next_screen_context_lines = 2;
|
|
5867
|
|
5868 DEFVAR_INT ("window-min-height", &window_min_height /*
|
|
5869 *Delete any window less than this tall (including its modeline).
|
|
5870 */ );
|
|
5871 window_min_height = 4;
|
|
5872
|
|
5873 DEFVAR_INT ("window-min-width", &window_min_width /*
|
|
5874 *Delete any window less than this wide.
|
|
5875 */ );
|
|
5876 window_min_width = 10;
|
|
5877 }
|
|
5878
|
|
5879 void
|
|
5880 specifier_vars_of_window (void)
|
|
5881 {
|
|
5882 DEFVAR_SPECIFIER ("modeline-shadow-thickness", &Vmodeline_shadow_thickness /*
|
|
5883 *How thick to draw 3D shadows around modelines.
|
|
5884 If this is set to 0, modelines will be the traditional 2D. Sizes above
|
|
5885 10 will be accepted but the maximum thickness that will be drawn is 10.
|
|
5886 This is a specifier; use `set-specifier' to change it.
|
|
5887 */ );
|
|
5888 Vmodeline_shadow_thickness = Fmake_specifier (Qinteger);
|
|
5889 /* The initial value for modeline-shadow-thickness is 2, but if the
|
|
5890 user removes all specifications we provide a fallback value of 0,
|
|
5891 which is probably what was expected. */
|
|
5892 set_specifier_fallback (Vmodeline_shadow_thickness,
|
|
5893 list1 (Fcons (Qnil, Qzero)));
|
|
5894 Fadd_spec_to_specifier (Vmodeline_shadow_thickness, make_int (2),
|
|
5895 Qnil, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
5896 set_specifier_caching (Vmodeline_shadow_thickness,
|
438
|
5897 offsetof (struct window, modeline_shadow_thickness),
|
428
|
5898 modeline_shadow_thickness_changed,
|
|
5899 0, 0);
|
|
5900
|
|
5901 DEFVAR_SPECIFIER ("has-modeline-p", &Vhas_modeline_p /*
|
|
5902 *Whether the modeline should be displayed.
|
|
5903 This is a specifier; use `set-specifier' to change it.
|
|
5904 */ );
|
|
5905 Vhas_modeline_p = Fmake_specifier (Qboolean);
|
|
5906 set_specifier_fallback (Vhas_modeline_p,
|
|
5907 list1 (Fcons (Qnil, Qt)));
|
|
5908 set_specifier_caching (Vhas_modeline_p,
|
438
|
5909 offsetof (struct window, has_modeline_p),
|
428
|
5910 /* #### It's strange that we need a special
|
|
5911 flag to indicate that the shadow-thickness
|
|
5912 has changed, but not one to indicate that
|
|
5913 the modeline has been turned off or on. */
|
|
5914 some_window_value_changed,
|
|
5915 0, 0);
|
|
5916
|
|
5917 DEFVAR_SPECIFIER ("vertical-divider-always-visible-p",
|
|
5918 &Vvertical_divider_always_visible_p /*
|
|
5919 *Should XEmacs always display vertical dividers between windows.
|
|
5920
|
|
5921 When this is non-nil, vertical dividers are always shown, and are
|
|
5922 draggable. When it is nil, vertical dividers are shown only when
|
|
5923 there are no scrollbars in between windows, and are not draggable.
|
|
5924
|
|
5925 This is a specifier; use `set-specifier' to change it.
|
|
5926 */ );
|
|
5927 Vvertical_divider_always_visible_p = Fmake_specifier (Qboolean);
|
|
5928 set_specifier_fallback (Vvertical_divider_always_visible_p,
|
|
5929 list1 (Fcons (Qnil, Qt)));
|
|
5930 set_specifier_caching (Vvertical_divider_always_visible_p,
|
438
|
5931 offsetof (struct window,
|
|
5932 vertical_divider_always_visible_p),
|
428
|
5933 vertical_divider_changed_in_window,
|
|
5934 0, 0);
|
|
5935
|
|
5936 DEFVAR_SPECIFIER ("vertical-divider-shadow-thickness", &Vvertical_divider_shadow_thickness /*
|
|
5937 *How thick to draw 3D shadows around vertical dividers.
|
|
5938 This is a specifier; use `set-specifier' to change it.
|
|
5939 */ );
|
|
5940 Vvertical_divider_shadow_thickness = Fmake_specifier (Qinteger);
|
|
5941 set_specifier_fallback (Vvertical_divider_shadow_thickness,
|
|
5942 list1 (Fcons (Qnil, Qzero)));
|
|
5943 Fadd_spec_to_specifier (Vvertical_divider_shadow_thickness, make_int (2),
|
|
5944 Qnil, Qnil, Qnil);
|
|
5945 set_specifier_caching (Vvertical_divider_shadow_thickness,
|
438
|
5946 offsetof (struct window,
|
|
5947 vertical_divider_shadow_thickness),
|
428
|
5948 vertical_divider_changed_in_window,
|
|
5949 0, 0);
|
|
5950 DEFVAR_SPECIFIER ("vertical-divider-line-width", &Vvertical_divider_line_width /*
|
|
5951 *The width of the vertical dividers, not including shadows.
|
|
5952
|
|
5953 For TTY windows, divider line is always one character wide. When
|
|
5954 instance of this specifier is zero in a TTY window, no divider is
|
|
5955 drawn at all between windows. When non-zero, a one character wide
|
|
5956 divider is displayed.
|
|
5957
|
|
5958 This is a specifier; use `set-specifier' to change it.
|
|
5959 */ );
|
|
5960
|
|
5961 Vvertical_divider_line_width = Fmake_specifier (Qnatnum);
|
|
5962 {
|
|
5963 Lisp_Object fb = Qnil;
|
|
5964 #ifdef HAVE_TTY
|
|
5965 fb = Fcons (Fcons (list1 (Qtty), make_int (1)), fb);
|
|
5966 #endif
|
|
5967 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
|
|
5968 fb = Fcons (Fcons (list1 (Qx), make_int (3)), fb);
|
|
5969 #endif
|
|
5970 #ifdef HAVE_MS_WINDOWS
|
|
5971 /* #### This should be made magic and made to obey system settings */
|
|
5972 fb = Fcons (Fcons (list1 (Qmswindows), make_int (3)), fb);
|
|
5973 #endif
|
|
5974 set_specifier_fallback (Vvertical_divider_line_width, fb);
|
|
5975 }
|
|
5976 set_specifier_caching (Vvertical_divider_line_width,
|
438
|
5977 offsetof (struct window,
|
|
5978 vertical_divider_line_width),
|
428
|
5979 vertical_divider_changed_in_window,
|
|
5980 0, 0);
|
|
5981
|
|
5982 DEFVAR_SPECIFIER ("vertical-divider-spacing", &Vvertical_divider_spacing /*
|
|
5983 *How much space to leave around the vertical dividers.
|
|
5984
|
|
5985 In TTY windows, spacing is always zero, and the value of this
|
|
5986 specifier is ignored.
|
|
5987
|
|
5988 This is a specifier; use `set-specifier' to change it.
|
|
5989 */ );
|
|
5990 Vvertical_divider_spacing = Fmake_specifier (Qnatnum);
|
|
5991 {
|
|
5992 Lisp_Object fb = Qnil;
|
|
5993 #ifdef HAVE_TTY
|
|
5994 fb = Fcons (Fcons (list1 (Qtty), Qzero), fb);
|
|
5995 #endif
|
|
5996 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
|
|
5997 /* #### 3D dividers look great on MS Windows with spacing = 0.
|
|
5998 Should not the same value be the fallback under X? - kkm */
|
|
5999 fb = Fcons (Fcons (list1 (Qx), make_int (2)), fb);
|
|
6000 #endif
|
|
6001 #ifdef HAVE_MS_WINDOWS
|
|
6002 fb = Fcons (Fcons (list1 (Qmswindows), Qzero), fb);
|
|
6003 #endif
|
|
6004 set_specifier_fallback (Vvertical_divider_spacing, fb);
|
|
6005 }
|
|
6006 set_specifier_caching (Vvertical_divider_spacing,
|
438
|
6007 offsetof (struct window, vertical_divider_spacing),
|
428
|
6008 vertical_divider_changed_in_window,
|
|
6009 0, 0);
|
|
6010 }
|